Table of Contents
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Commission File Number 000-29472
Amkor Technology, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State of incorporation)	 	23-1722724
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)	

1900 South Price Road
Chandler, AZ 85286
(480) 821-5000
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	 	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered	
 	 	 	
Common Stock, $0.001 par value	 	The NASDAQ Global Select Market	
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer þ	Accelerated filer o	Non-accelerated filer o	Smaller reporting company o	
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2008, based upon the closing price of the common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market on that date, was approximately $1,002.3 million.
 
The number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common equity, as of January 31, 2009, was as follows: 183,035,405 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
 
Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed subsequently, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report where indicated.

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 	 	 	 	Page	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
PART I	
 	Item 1.	 	 	Business	 	 	3	 	
 	Item 1A.	 	 	Risk Factors	 	 	14	 	
 	Item 1B.	 	 	Unresolved Staff Comments	 	 	27	 	
 	Item 2.	 	 	Properties	 	 	27	 	
 	Item 3.	 	 	Legal Proceedings	 	 	28	 	
 	Item 4.	 	 	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	 	 	28	 	
 	
PART II	
 	Item 5.	 	 	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	 	 	29	 	
 	Item 6.	 	 	Selected Consolidated Financial Data	 	 	31	 	
 	Item 7.	 	 	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	 	 	32	 	
 	Item 7A.	 	 	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	 	 	48	 	
 	Item 8.	 	 	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	 	 	50	 	
 	Item 9.	 	 	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	 	 	93	 	
 	Item 9A.	 	 	Controls and Procedures	 	 	93	 	
 	Item 9B.	 	 	Other Information	 	 	94	 	
 	
PART III	
 	Item 10.	 	 	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	 	 	94	 	
 	Item 11.	 	 	Executive Compensation	 	 	94	 	
 	Item 12.	 	 	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	 	 	94	 	
 	Item 13.	 	 	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence	 	 	95	 	
 	Item 14.	 	 	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	 	 	95	 	
 	
PART IV	
 	Item 15.	 	 	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	 	 	95	 	
 EX-10.3	
 EX-12.1	
 EX-21.1	
 EX-23.1	
 EX-31.1	
 EX-31.2	
 EX-32.1	
 
All references in this Annual Report to “Amkor,” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “company” are to Amkor Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries. We refer to the Republic of Korea, which is also commonly known as South Korea, as “Korea.” ChipArray ® ,  Micro LeadFrame ®  , TapeArray ®  , SuperFC ® , FusionQuad ® , TMV TM , Unitive ® , Amkor ®  and Amkor Technology ®  are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Amkor Technology, Inc. All other trademarks appearing herein are held by their respective owners. Subsequent use of the above trademarks in this report may occur without the respective superscript symbols (TM or  ® ) in order to facilitate the readability of the report and are not a waiver of any rights that may be associated with the relevant trademarks.
2

Table of Contents
 
PART I

Item 1.  	Business	
 
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This business section contains forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “intend” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Because such statements include risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements. In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risks outlined under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report. These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statement.
 
OVERVIEW
 
Amkor is one of the world’s leading subcontractors of semiconductor packaging (sometimes referred to as assembly) and test services. Amkor pioneered the outsourcing of semiconductor packaging and test services through a predecessor in 1968 and over the years we have built a leading position by:

 	• 	Designing and developing new package and test technologies;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Offering a broad portfolio of packaging and test technologies and services;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Cultivating long-standing relationships with original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), technology providers and our customers, which include many of the world’s leading semiconductor companies;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Developing expertise in high-volume manufacturing processes; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Having a diversified operational scope, with production capabilities in China, Japan, Korea, the Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan and the United States (“U.S.”).	
 
Packaging and test are integral steps in the process of manufacturing semiconductor devices. The manufacturing process begins with silicon wafers and involves the fabrication of electronic circuitry into complex patterns, thus creating large numbers of individual chips on the wafers. The fabricated wafers are then probe tested to ensure the individual devices meet electrical specifications. The packaging process creates an electrical interconnect between the semiconductor chip and the system board. In packaging, fabricated semiconductor wafers are separated into individual chips. These chips are typically attached through wire bond or wafer bump technologies to a substrate or leadframe and then encased in a protective material. In the case of an advanced wafer level package, the package is assembled on the surface of a wafer.
 
Our packages are designed for application specific body size and electrical connection requirements to provide optimal electrical connectivity and thermal performance. The packaged chips are then tested using sophisticated equipment to ensure that each packaged chip meets its design and performance specifications. Increasingly, packages are custom designed for specific chips and specific end-market applications. We are able to provide turnkey packaging and test solutions including semiconductor wafer bump, wafer probe, wafer backgrind, package design, assembly, and test and drop shipment services.
 
Our customers include, among others: Altera Corporation; Atmel Corporation; Infineon Technologies AG; Intel Corporation; International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”); LSI Corporation; ST Microelectronics, Pte.; Texas Instruments, Inc.; Toshiba Corporation and Qualcomm Incorporated. The outsourced semiconductor packaging and test market is very competitive. We also compete with the internal semiconductor packaging and test capabilities of many of our customers.
 
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
Amkor files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for
3

Table of Contents
information on the Public Reference Room. The SEC maintains a web site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information that issuers (including Amkor) file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s web site is  http://www.sec.gov.
 
Amkor’s web site is http://www.amkor.com. Amkor makes available free of charge through its web site, our annual reports on Form 10-K; quarterly reports on Form 10-Q; current reports on Form 8-K; Forms 3, 4 and 5 filed on behalf of directors and executive officers; and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We also make available, free of charge, through our web site, our Corporate Governance Guidelines, charters of committees of our Board of Directors, code of business conduct and ethical guidelines and other information and materials. The information on Amkor’s web site is not incorporated by reference into this report.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
Semiconductor devices are the essential building blocks used in most electronic products. As semiconductor devices have evolved, there have been several important consequences, including: (1) an increase in demand for computers and consumer electronics; (2) the proliferation of semiconductor devices into diverse end products such as consumer electronics, wireless communications equipment and automotive systems; and (3) an increase in the semiconductor content within electronic products in order to provide greater functionality and higher levels of performance. These consequences have fueled the growth of the overall semiconductor industry, as well as the market for outsourced semiconductor packaging and test services.
 
Historical trends indicate that semiconductor industry demand appears to be increasingly driven by global consumer spending. There has been a strong correlation between world-wide gross domestic product and semiconductor industry cycles. The recent financial crisis and declining conditions in the global economy have, however, resulted in a downturn in the semiconductor industry. Reduced economic activity and decreased consumer spending have caused significant decreases in demand for our services.
 
Semiconductor companies outsource their packaging and test services to subcontract providers, such as Amkor, for the following reasons:
 
Subcontract providers have developed expertise in advanced packaging and test technologies.
 
Semiconductor companies face increasing demands for miniaturization, increased functionality and improved thermal and electrical performance in semiconductor devices. This trend, along with greater complexity in the design of semiconductor devices and the increased customization of interconnect packages, has led many semiconductor companies to view packaging and test as an enabling technology requiring sophisticated expertise and technological innovation. As packaging and test technology becomes more advanced, many semiconductor companies are relying on subcontract providers of packaging and test services as a key source of new package design and production.
 
Subcontract providers offer a cost effective solution in a highly cyclical, capital intensive industry.
 
Semiconductor packaging is a complex process requiring substantial investment in specialized equipment and factories. As a result of the large capital investment required, this manufacturing equipment must operate at a high capacity level for an extended period of time to be cost effective. Shorter product life cycles, coupled with the need to update or replace packaging equipment to accommodate new package types, makes it more difficult for semiconductor companies to maintain cost effective utilization of their packaging and test assets throughout semiconductor industry cycles. Subcontract providers of packaging and test services, on the other hand, can typically use their equipment to support a broad range of customers, potentially generating more efficient use of their production assets and a more cost effective solution.
4

Table of Contents
Subcontract providers can facilitate a more efficient supply chain and thus help shorten time-to-market for new products.
 
We believe that semiconductor companies, together with their customers, are seeking to shorten the time-to-market for their new products, and that having an effective supply chain is a critical factor in facilitating timely and successful product introductions. Semiconductor companies frequently do not have sufficient time to develop their packaging and test capabilities or deploy the equipment and expertise to implement new packaging technology in volume. For this reason, semiconductor companies are leveraging the resources and capabilities of subcontract packaging and test companies to deliver their new products to market more quickly.
 
The availability of high quality packaging and test services from subcontractors allows semiconductor manufacturers to focus their resources on semiconductor design and wafer fabrication.
 
As semiconductor process technology migrates to larger wafers and smaller feature size, the cost of building a state-of-the-art wafer fabrication factory has risen significantly, and can be several billions of dollars. The high cost of investing in next generation silicon technology and equipment is causing many semiconductor companies to adopt a “fabless” or “fab-lite” strategy in which they reduce or eliminate their investment in wafer fabrication and associated packaging and test assets, thus increasing the reliance on outsourced providers of semiconductor manufacturing services, including packaging and test. “Fabless” semiconductor companies do not have factories and focus exclusively on the semiconductor design process and outsource virtually every step of the manufacturing process.
 
COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS AND STRATEGY
 
We believe we are well-positioned in the outsourced packaging and test market. To build upon our industry position and to remain one of the preferred subcontractors of semiconductor packaging and test services, we are pursuing the following strategies:
 
Leading Technology Innovator
 
We have been a leader in developing advanced semiconductor packaging and test solutions. We have designed and developed several state-of-the-art package formats and technologies including our Package-on-Package with TMV (Through Mold Via), FusionQuad, FC BGA (Flip Chip Molded Ball Grid Array), conformal shielding and copper pillar bumping and packaging technologies. In addition, we believe that as semiconductor technology continues to achieve smaller device geometries with higher levels of speed and performance, packages will increasingly require flip chip and wafer bump-based interconnect solutions. We have been investing in our technology leadership in electroplated wafer bump and wafer level processing. We have also been a leader in developing environmentally friendly (“Green”) integrated circuit packaging, which involves the elimination of lead and certain other materials.
 
We also provide a complete range of test engineering services for radio frequency (“RF”) mixed signal, logic and memory devices, from test program development to full product characterization. Amkor is a major provider of RF test services and a leader in strip test, an innovative parallel test solution that offers customers low cost, faster index time and improved yields.
 
We have more than 300 employees engaged in research and development focusing on the design and development of new semiconductor packaging and test technologies.
 
Long-Standing Relationships and Collaboration with Prominent Semiconductor Companies
 
Our customers include most of the world’s largest semiconductor companies and over the last three decades, Amkor has developed long-standing relationships with many of these companies. We believe that our production excellence has been a key factor in our success in attracting and retaining customers. We have worked with our customers and our suppliers to develop proprietary process technologies to enhance our existing capabilities, reduce time-to-market, increase quality and lower our costs.
5

Table of Contents
We believe that our focus on research and product development will enable us to enter new markets early, capture market share and promote the adoption of our new package designs as industry standards. We collaborate with customers and leading OEMs to develop comprehensive package solutions that make it easier for next-generation semiconductors to be designed into next-generation end products. By collaborating with leading semiconductor companies and OEM electronic companies, we gain access to technology roadmaps for next generation semiconductor designs and obtain the opportunity to develop new packages that satisfy their future requirements.
 
Broad Offering of Package Design, Packaging and Test Services
 
Creating successful interconnect solutions for advanced semiconductor devices often poses unique thermal electrical and other design challenges, and Amkor employs a large number of package design engineers to solve these challenges. Amkor produces hundreds of package types which encompass more than 1,000 unique products, representing one of the broadest package offerings in the semiconductor industry. These package solutions are driven by the needs of our customers for more electrical connections, enhanced electrical or thermal performance, smaller package size and lower cost.
 
We provide customers with a wide array of packaging solutions including leadframe and laminate packages, using wire bond and flip chip formats. We are a leading subcontract provider of:

 	• 	Flip chip and wafer level packages, in which the semiconductor die is connected directly to the package substrate or system board, which deliver improved electrical performance used in high-power and high-speed applications such as graphics processors and microprocessors;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Three dimensional (“3D”) such as package-on-package and stacked chip scale packages, in which the individual chips or individual packages are stacked vertically to provide integration of logic and memory, while preserving space on the system board;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Advanced leadframe packages such as MicroLeadFrame and FusionQuad which are thinner and smaller packages and have the ability to accommodate more leads and have better thermal and electrical characteristics than traditional leadframe packages;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Multi-chip or system-in-package (“SiP”) modules used in mobile phones and other handheld end-products; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Packages for micro-electromechanical system devices, which are used in a variety of end markets including automotive, industrial and consumer electronics.	
 
We also offer an extensive line of advanced probe and final test services for analog, digital, logic, mixed signal and RF semiconductor devices. We believe that the breadth of our design, packaging and test services is important to customers seeking to reduce the number of their suppliers.
 
Geographically Diversified Operational Base
 
We have a broad geographical base of more than five million square feet of manufacturing space in sixteen sites strategically located in seven countries in many of the world’s important electronics manufacturing regions. Our customers benefit from one of the industry’s most extensive operational footprints. We believe that our scale and scope allow us to provide cost effective solutions to our customers by offering:

 	• 	Capacity to absorb large orders and accommodate quick turn-around times;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Favorable pricing on materials and equipment, where possible, by using our size and industry position;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Dual site qualifications and capabilities and solutions for specific loading requirements; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Broad range of packaging and test services so that we can provide multiple or turnkey solutions for many packaging needs, including semiconductor wafer bump, wafer probe, wafer backgrind, package design, assembly, strip test, singulated test and drop shipment services to name a few.	

6

Table of Contents
 
Competitive Cost Structure
 
We believe that a competitive cost structure and disciplined capital investment decisions are key factors for achieving profitability and generating free cash flow. There has been a continuous push throughout the entire semiconductor supply chain for lower cost solutions. Some of our cost control efforts have included 1) increasing strip densities to drive higher throughput on a single substrate strip, 2) developing smaller gold wire diameter solutions and 3) increasing labor productivity.
 
In addition, as a result of a weakening global economy and reduced customer demand, we have made and are continuing to make reductions in labor costs by lowering compensation, reducing employee and contractor headcount, shortening work weeks and obtaining labor-related foreign government subsidies. Based on current market conditions and customer demand, we are limiting our capital investments and expect that our 2009 capital additions will be approximately $100 million. We are pursuing other cost reduction initiatives to reflect the lower levels of demand. These actions are being taken as part of our focus on generating cash flow and driving greater factory and administrative efficiencies.
 
PACKAGING AND TEST SERVICES
 
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amount of packaging and test net sales in millions of dollars and the percentage of such net sales:

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Packaging services	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Wire bond — leadframe	 	$	753	 	 	 	28.3	%	 	$	893	 	 	 	32.6	%	 	$	1,015	 	 	 	37.2	%	
Wire bond — laminate	 	 	1,066	 	 	 	40.1	%	 	 	1,071	 	 	 	39.1	%	 	 	1,032	 	 	 	37.8	%	
Flip chip and wafer level processing	 	 	526	 	 	 	19.8	%	 	 	466	 	 	 	17.0	%	 	 	401	 	 	 	14.7	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total packaging services	 	 	2,345	 	 	 	88.2	%	 	 	2,430	 	 	 	88.7	%	 	 	2,448	 	 	 	89.7	%	
Test services	 	 	314	 	 	 	11.8	%	 	 	309	 	 	 	11.3	%	 	 	281	 	 	 	10.3	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net sales	 	$	2,659	 	 	 	100.0	%	 	$	2,739	 	 	 	100.0	%	 	$	2,729	 	 	 	100.0	%	

Packaging Services
 
We offer a broad range of package formats and services designed to provide our customers with a full array of packaging solutions. Our package services are divided into families: wire bond — leadframe; wire bond — laminate; and flip chip and wafer level processing services.
 
In response to the increasing demands of today’s high-performance electronic products, semiconductor packages have evolved and are designed based on application specific requirements. The differentiating characteristics of package formats include (1) the size of the package, (2) the number of electrical connections the package can support, (3) the thermal and electrical characteristics of the package and (4) in the case of our system-in-package family of laminate packages and modules, the integration of multiple active and passive components in a single package.
 
As semiconductor devices increase in complexity, they often require a larger number of electrical connections. Leadframe packages are so named because they connect the electronic circuitry on the semiconductor device to the system board through metal leads on the perimeter of the package. Our laminate products, many typically called ball grid array (“BGA”), use balls on the bottom of the package to support larger numbers of electrical connections. A wafer level package is nearly the same size as the silicon die and integrates more technology in a smaller space.
 
Evolving semiconductor technology and the development of smaller package sizes has allowed designers to increase the level of performance and functionality in portable and handheld electronics products. In some leading-edge packages, the size of the package is reduced to approximately the size of the individual chip itself in a process known as chip scale packaging.
7

Table of Contents
Wire bond — Leadframe Packages
 
Leadframe-based packages are the most widely used package family in the semiconductor industry. These are typically characterized by a chip encapsulated in a plastic mold compound with copper metal leads on the perimeter.
 
Traditional leadframe-based packages support a wide variety of device types and applications. Two of our most popular traditional leadframe package types are small outline integrated circuit and quad flat package, commonly known as “dual” or “quad” products, respectively, based upon the number of sides from which the leads extend. The traditional leadframe package family has evolved from “through hole design,” where the leads are plugged into holes on the circuit board to “surface mount design,” where the leads are soldered to the surface of the circuit board. We offer a wide range of lead counts and body sizes to satisfy variations in the size of customers’ semiconductor devices.
 
Through a process of continuous engineering and customization, we have designed several advanced leadframe package types that are thinner and smaller than traditional leadframe packages, with the ability to accommodate more leads on the perimeter of the package. These advanced leadframe packages typically have superior thermal and electrical characteristics, which allow them to dissipate heat generated by high-powered semiconductor devices while providing enhanced electrical connectivity. We plan to continue to develop increasingly smaller versions of these packages to keep pace with continually shrinking semiconductor device sizes and demand for miniaturization of portable electronic products. Two of these advanced leadframe packages are described as follows:

 	• 	One of our most successful advanced leadframe package offerings is the MicroLeadFrame family of QFN, or quad flat no lead packages. This package family is particularly well suited for RF and wireless applications.	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Our FusionQuad package represents our latest innovation in leadframe packaging. FusionQuad integrates both bottom leads and peripheral leads which significantly reduces the package size. The package targets applications for mobile hard disk drives, notebook computers and consumer electronics such as digital televisions and set top boxes.	
 
Wire bond — Laminate Packages
 
The laminate family typically employs the ball grid array design, which utilizes a laminate substrate rather than a leadframe substrate, and places the electrical connections on the bottom of the package rather than around the perimeter.
 
We have also designed a variety of packages, commonly referred to as chip scale packages (“CSP”), which are not much larger than the chip itself. CSPs have become widely adopted as designers and manufacturers of consumer electronics seek to achieve higher levels of performance while shrinking the product size. Some of our CSPs include ChipArray and TapeArray, in which the package is only slightly larger than the chip itself.
 
Advances in packaging technology now allow the placing of two or more chips on top of each other within an individual package. This concept, known as 3D packaging, permits a higher level of semiconductor density and more functionality. In addition, advanced wafer thinning technology has fostered the creation of extremely thin packages that can be placed on top of each other within standard height restrictions used in microelectronic system boards. Some of our 3D packages include:

 	• 	Stacked CSP, which is similar to our ChipArray, except that Stacked CSP contains two or more chips placed on top of each other, and sometimes up to eight or more, which are ideal for stacking solid state memory for handheld applications such as cell phones and MP3 players; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Package-on-Package, which are extremely thin CSPs that can be stacked on top of each other, enabling the integration of logic and memory in a single package, supporting mobile phone, digital camera or other wireless applications.	
 
Our laminate package service offering also includes SiP modules. SiP modules integrate our new conformal shielding process with various system elements into a single-function block, thus enabling space and power efficiency, high performance and lower production costs. Our SiP technology is being used to produce a variety of
8

Table of Contents
devices including power amplifiers for mobile phones and other portable communication devices, wireless local area network (“WLAN”) modules for networking applications, sensors, such as fingerprint recognition devices and micro electrical mechanical (“MEM”) based microphones.
 
The ball grid array format typically utilized in our laminate packaging was developed to address the need for higher lead counts required by many advanced semiconductor devices. As the number of leads on leadframe packages increased, leads were placed closer to one another in order to maintain the small size of the package. The increased lead density resulted in shorting and other electrical challenges, and required the development of increasingly sophisticated and expensive techniques for producing circuit boards to accommodate the high number of leads.
 
The ball grid array format solved this problem by effectively creating leads on the bottom of the package in the form of small bumps or balls that can be evenly distributed across the entire bottom surface of the package, allowing greater distance between the individual leads. One example of a package in this family is the plastic ball grid array (“PBGA”). We also offer other ball grid array package formats that have superior performance characteristics and features that enable low-cost, high-volume manufacturing.
 
Flip Chip and Wafer Level Processing
 
Flip chip is an advanced package technology offered to help our customers create smaller and more powerful versions of semiconductor devices. Flip chip technology packages use solder bumps instead of wire to form the electrical interconnect between the device and the package. In order to create the best solutions for our customers, we work collaboratively during the silicon design to enable high performance flip chip solutions. Flip chip packages provide a higher density interconnection capability than wire bond. These packages enable silicon with interconnect requirements from several hundred to many thousands of electrical connections located in an array on the face of the silicon die. Flip chip packaging can usually create a higher performance electrical connection between the silicon and substrate and enables additional miniaturization of portable electronic products, higher performance applications and converging functionality for advanced silicon geometries. Amkor offers several different flip chip package families including: FcBGA, SuperFC, FcCSP, FcSiP and FcMCM. Amkor provides flip chip packages into many markets including: computing, mobile phone, gaming, network infrastructure, PC graphics and wireless networking. We also offer flip chip packaging as part of a multi-service or turnkey solution for our customers that may include: design services, wafer bump, wafer probe, package assembly and final test.
 
With wafer bumping, inter-connections are formed on an entire wafer prior to dicing, rather than the traditional method of forming the interconnections on a separated die. Wafer bumping has technical and economic advantages over traditional wire bonding. Wafer bumping consists of preparing the wafer for bumping and forming or placing the bumps. Preparation may include cleaning, removing insulating oxides, and providing a pad metallurgy that will protect the interconnections while making a good mechanical and electrical connection between the bump and the board. Bumps may be formed or placed on the wafer in many ways, including sputtering, electroplating, stud bumping and direct placement. Wafer bumping is a precursor to flip chip assembly, the direct electrical connection of face-down (“flipped”) electronic components onto substrates, by means of conductive bumps on the chip bond pads. In certain instances, packages are created on the surface of a wafer, for example wafer level chip scale packages, which are used for space constrained applications with low power and low lead count requirements. The process is completed by applying a non-conductive underfill joining the surface of the chip to the substrate.
 
An increasing number of devices use wafer level packaging. A wafer level package is nearly the same size as the silicon die. A majority of these devices are small in size, with a few thousand to over thirty thousand fabricated on each wafer. Our wafer level chip scale packaging technology allows chip designers to integrate more technology at the wafer level, on a smallest possible footprint, with exceptional performance and reliability. Amkor wafer level package offerings include turnkey packages such as CSP and individual wafer processing services including various types of bumping, creation of interconnect redistribution layer and wafer or die separation services.
 
Test Services
 
We are a leading subcontract provider of a broad range of semiconductor integrated circuit test services including wafer probe, final test, strip test, system level test and other test-related services. Our test development
9

Table of Contents
centers provide complete test engineering services from test program development to full product functionality. The integrated circuit devices we test encompass nearly all technologies produced in the semiconductor industry today including digital, linear, mixed signal, memory, radio frequency and integrated combinations of these technologies. In 2008, we tested over 4.2 billion units. We tested 49%, 48% and 44% of the units that we packaged in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our test operations complement traditional wire bond as well as wafer level chip scale packages, multi-chip SiP modules and flip chip packaging technologies.
 
We invest in advanced test equipment to continue to provide leading edge test capability. Our test facilities are often co-located with wafer bump and packaging services for fast feedback, lower costs, streamlined logistics and faster cycle time. We have test facilities in China, Japan, Korea, the Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan and the United States. Our testing services include:
 
Wafer Probe
 
Our wafer probe testing services provide for the visual inspection and electrical testing of the wafer for defects prior to packaging. Wafer probe includes wafer mapping, a method to identify the location and characteristics of each die on the wafer. We offer thermal controlled probe, bumped wafer probe, single and double pass probe and multi-site probe among others.
 
Test Development and Engineering
 
We assist our customers with the development of required testing for their products. Our engineering services include software and hardware conversion of single-site (one device at a time) to multi-site (multiple devices in parallel), test program development, test hardware development and test program conversion to lower cost test systems. We have test development centers in Korea, the Philippines and the United States, as well as teams of highly skilled engineers in each test facility.
 
Strip Test
 
Using our strip test process, electronically isolated packaged units are tested in parallel while still in a leadframe strip form prior to separation. This process results in faster handler times and higher throughput rates, thus reducing test cost and increasing test yield.
 
Final Test
 
Final test is the process of testing each device after it has been packaged. Final test analyzes the attributes of each device and determines if it meets criteria specified by the customer. We offer test services for many devices including simple digital logic, complex application specific integrated circuits, high speed digital, memory, mixed signal and RF and wireless devices.
 
For packaging and test segment information, see Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
Our research efforts focus on developing new package solutions, test services and improving the efficiency and capabilities of our existing production processes. We believe that technology development is one of the key success differentiators in the semiconductor packaging and test markets. By concentrating our research and development on our customers’ needs for newer and innovative packages, increased performance and lower cost, we gain opportunities to enter markets early, capture market share and promote our new package offerings as industry standards. In addition, we license our leading edge technology, such as  Micro LeadFrame and FusionQuad.
 
Our key areas for research and development are:

 	• 	Wafer level processing;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Advanced flip chip packaging;	

10

Table of Contents

 	• 	3D packaging;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Laminate and leadframe packaging;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Advanced substrate technology; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Engineering and characterization tools.	
 
Amkor has key development partners within our customer and supplier base. We work with our partners and allocate our resources to develop applications that have promising potential for a profitable return on investment.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had more than 300 employees in research and development activities. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, we spent $56.2 million, $41.7 million and $38.7 million, respectively, on research and development.
 
MARKETING AND SALES
 
Our marketing and sales offices are located throughout the world. Our support personnel manage and promote our packaging and test services and provide key customer and technical support.
 
To provide comprehensive sales and customer service, we typically assign our customers a direct support team consisting of an account manager, technical program manager, test program manager and both field and factory customer support representatives. We also support our largest multinational customers from multiple office locations to ensure that we are aligned with their global operational and business requirements.
 
Our direct support teams are further supported by an extended staff of product, process, quality and reliability engineers, as well as marketing and advertising specialists, information systems technicians and factory personnel. Together, these direct and extended support teams deliver an array of services to our customers. These services include:

 	• 	Managing and coordinating ongoing manufacturing activity;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Providing information and expert advice on our portfolio of packaging and test solutions and related trends;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Managing the start-up of specific packaging and test programs to improve our customers’ time-to-market;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Providing a continuous flow of information to our customers regarding products and programs in process;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Partnering with customers on design solutions;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Researching and assisting in the resolution of technical and logistical issues;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Aligning our technologies and research and development activities with the needs of our customers and OEMs;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Providing guidance and solutions to customers in managing their supply chains;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Driving industry standards;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Providing design and simulation services to ensure package reliability; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Collaborating with our customers on continuous quality improvement initiatives.	
 
Further, we implement direct electronic links with our customers to:

 	• 	Achieve near real time and automated communications of order fulfillment information, such as inventory control, production schedules and engineering data, including production yields, device specifications and quality indices, and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Connect our customers to our sales and marketing personnel world-wide and to our factories.	

11

Table of Contents
 
SEASONALITY
 
Our sales have generally been higher in the second half of the year than in the first half as consumer spending has been typically higher during that time due to the combined effect of holidays in the U.S., Europe and Asia. In addition, semiconductor companies in the U.S. generally reduce their production during the holidays at the end of December which results in a decrease in orders for packaging and test services during the first quarter. However, during the three months ended December 31, 2008, we experienced a significant reduction in demand as a result of an economic downturn and weakening economy. Our business is tied to market conditions in the semiconductor industry which is highly cyclical. The semiconductor industry has experienced significant and sometimes prolonged cyclical downturns in the past. We can not predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or subsequent economic recovery.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had more than 250 customers, including many of the largest semiconductor companies in the world. The table below lists our top 25 customers in 2008 based on net sales:

Altera Corporation	 	LSI Corporation	
Analog Devices, Inc. 	 	NEC Corporation	
Atheros Communication, Inc. 	 	NXP Semiconductors	
Atmel Corporation	 	ON Semiconductor Corp.	
Avago Technologies Limited	 	QUALCOMM Incorporated	
Broadcom Corporation	 	RF Micro Devices, Inc.	
Conexant Systems, Inc. 	 	Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.	
Entropic Communications Limited	 	Sony Electronics Inc.	
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 	 	ST Microelectronics, Pte	
Global Unichip Corp. 	 	Texas Instruments Inc.	
Infineon Technologies AG	 	Toshiba Corporation	
Intel Corporation	 	Xilinx, Inc.	
International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”)	 	 	
 
Our top 25 customers accounted for 73.5% of our net sales in 2008, and our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 49.8%, 47.0% and 43.6% of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. No customer accounted for more than 10% of our net sales in 2008, 2007 or 2006.
 
As a result of the recent financial crisis and tightening of the credit markets, our customers may face issues gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could impair our customers’ ability to make timely payments to us. With respect to our customer accounts receivable, we mitigate our credit risk by selling primarily to well established companies, performing ongoing credit evaluations and making frequent contact with customers.
 
For segment information, see Note 17 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
 
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
 
Materials
 
Our materials are used primarily for packaging activities. Our packaging operations depend upon obtaining adequate supplies of materials on a timely basis. The principal materials used in our packaging process are leadframe or laminate substrates, gold wire, mold compound, epoxy, tubes and trays. The silicon wafer is generally consigned from the customer and therefore we do not incur inventory costs relating to this material. Test materials constitute a very small portion of our total test cost. We purchase materials based on customer forecasts and our customers are generally responsible for any unused materials which we purchased based on such forecasts.
 
We work closely with our primary material suppliers to ensure that materials are available and delivered on time. Moreover, utilizing commodity managers to globally manage specific commodities, we also negotiate world-
12

Table of Contents
wide pricing agreements with our major suppliers to take advantage of the scale of our operations. We are not dependent on any one supplier for a substantial portion of our material requirements.
 
Equipment
 
Our ability to meet the changing demand for our customers for manufacturing capacity requirements depends upon obtaining packaging and test equipment in a timely manner. We work closely with our main equipment suppliers to coordinate the ordering and delivery of equipment to meet our expected capacity needs.
 
Packaging Equipment
 
The primary equipment used in the packaging of products are wire bonders and die bonders. In addition, we maintain a variety of other packaging equipment, including mold, singulation, die attach, ball attach, and wafer backgrind along with numerous other types of manufacturing equipment. A substantial portion of our packaging equipment base can generally be used and adapted to support the manufacture of many of our package families through the use of relatively low cost tooling.
 
We purchase bump equipment to facilitate the manufacture of our flip chip and wafer level processing lines. Bump equipment tends to have longer lead times for order and installation and is sold in relatively larger increments of capacity.
 
Test Equipment
 
The primary equipment used in the testing process includes tester, handler and probe equipment. Handlers are used to transfer individual or small groups of packaged integrated circuits to a tester. Testers are generally the most capital intensive portion of the process and tend to have longer delivery lead times than most other types of packaging equipment. As part of our ongoing capital program, we have been moving toward standardized tester platforms in order to maximize test equipment utilization.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
The semiconductor packaging process uses chemicals, materials and gases and generates byproducts that are subject to extensive governmental regulations. For example, we produce liquid waste when semiconductor wafers are diced into chips with the aid of diamond saws, then cooled with running water. In addition, semiconductor packages have historically utilized metallic alloys containing lead (Pb) within the interconnect terminals typically referred to as leads, pins or balls. The usage of lead (Pb) has decreased over the past few years, as we have ramped volume production of alternative lead (Pb)-free processes. Federal, state and local regulations in the U.S., as well as environmental regulations internationally, impose various controls on the storage, handling, discharge and disposal of chemicals and materials used in our manufacturing processes and in the factories we occupy.
 
We are engaged in a continuing program to assure compliance with federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. We currently do not expect that capital expenditures or other costs attributable to compliance with environmental laws and regulations will have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
 
COMPETITION
 
The subcontracted semiconductor packaging and test market is very competitive. We face substantial competition from established packaging and test service providers primarily located in Asia, including companies with significant manufacturing capacity, financial resources, research and development operations, marketing and other capabilities. These companies include:

 	• 	Advanced Semiconductor Engineering, Inc.,	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Siliconware Precision Industries Co., Ltd. and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	STATS ChipPAC Ltd.	

13

Table of Contents
 
Such companies also have developed relationships with most of the world’s largest semiconductor companies, including current or potential customers of Amkor. We also compete with the internal semiconductor packaging and test capabilities of many of our customers.
 
The principal elements of competition in the subcontracted semiconductor packaging market include:

 	• 	technical competence,	
 	 	 	
 	• 	quality,	
 	 	 	
 	• 	price,	
 	 	 	
 	• 	breadth of package offering,	
 	 	 	
 	• 	new package design and implementation,	
 	 	 	
 	• 	cycle times,	
 	 	 	
 	• 	customer service and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	available capacity.	
 
We believe that we generally compete favorably with respect to each of these elements.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
We maintain an active program to protect and derive value from our investment in technology and the associated intellectual property rights. Intellectual property rights that apply to our various products and services include patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks. We have filed and obtained a number of patents in the U.S. and abroad the duration of which varies depending on the jurisdiction in which the patent is filed. While our patents are an important element of our intellectual property strategy, as a whole, we are not materially dependent on any one patent or any one technology. We expect to continue to file patent applications when appropriate to protect our proprietary technologies, but we cannot assure you that we will receive patents from pending or future applications. In addition, any patents we obtain may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented and may not provide meaningful protection or other commercial advantage to us.
 
We also protect certain details about our processes, products and strategies as trade secrets, keeping confidential the information that we believe provides us with a competitive advantage. We have ongoing programs designed to maintain the confidentiality of such information. Further, to distinguish our products from our competitors’ products, we have obtained certain trademarks and service marks. We have promoted and will continue to promote our particular brands through advertising and other marketing techniques.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had 20,500 full-time employees. Of the total employee population, 14,900 were engaged in manufacturing services, 3,700 were engaged in manufacturing support, 300 were engaged in research and development, 300 were engaged in marketing and sales and 1,300 were engaged in finance, business management and administration. We expect to reduce our work force by an estimated 1,700 employees during the three months ending March 31, 2009. We believe that our relations with our employees are good, and we have never experienced a work stoppage in any of our factories. Our employees in China, France, the Philippines, Taiwan and the U.S. are not represented by any union. Certain members of our factories in Japan, Korea and Singapore are members of a union and those that are members of a union are subject to collective bargaining agreements.

Item 1A.  	Risk Factors	
 
The factors discussed below are cautionary statements that identify important factors and risks that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated by the forward-looking statements contained in this report. For more information regarding the forward-looking statements contained in this report, see the introductory paragraph to Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included in this report, in considering our business and
14

Table of Contents
prospects. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing Amkor. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us also may impair our business operations. The occurrence of any of the following risks could affect our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
 
Dependence on the Highly Cyclical Semiconductor and Electronic Products Industries — We Operate in Volatile Industries and Industry Downturns and the Recent Declines in Global Economic and Financial Conditions Could Harm Our Performance.
 
Our business reflects the market conditions in the semiconductor industry, which is cyclical by nature. The semiconductor industry has experienced significant and sometimes prolonged downturns in the past, and the recent financial crisis and declining conditions in the global economy have resulted in a downturn in the semiconductor industry. Reduced economic activity, concerns about a global recession and inflation and deflation, decreased consumer spending, reduced corporate profits and capital spending and adverse business conditions and liquidity concerns are negatively impacting demand for our services, creating downward pressure on prices and making it increasingly difficult for us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities.
 
As a result of the recent financial crisis and tightening of the credit markets, our customers and suppliers may face issues gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could impair our customers’ ability to make timely payments to us and could cause key suppliers to delay shipments and face serious risks of insolvency.
 
Since our business is, and will continue to be, dependent on the requirements of semiconductor companies for subcontracted packaging and test services, any downturn in the semiconductor industry or any other industry that uses a significant number of semiconductor devices, such as consumer electronic products, telecommunication devices, or computing devices, could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. It is difficult to predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or subsequent economic recovery, and if industry conditions continue to deteriorate, we could suffer significant losses, as we have in the past, which could materially impact our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
Fluctuations in Operating Results and Cash Flows — Our Operating Results and Cash Flows Have Varied and May Vary Significantly as a Result of Factors That We Cannot Control.
 
Many factors, including the impact of current adverse economic conditions, could materially and adversely affect our net sales, gross profit, operating results and cash flows, or lead to significant variability of quarterly or annual operating results. Our profitability and ability to generate cash from operations is principally dependent upon demand for semiconductors, the utilization of our capacity, semiconductor package mix, the average selling price of our services and our ability to manage our capital expenditures in response to market conditions, control our costs including labor, material, overhead and financing costs. The recent downturn in demand for semiconductors has resulted in significant declines in our operating results and cash flows as capacity utilization rates have declined.
 
Our operating results and cash flows have varied significantly from period to period. Our net sales, gross margins, operating income and cash flows have historically fluctuated significantly as a result of many of the following factors, over which we have little or no control and which we expect to continue to impact our business:

 	• 	fluctuation in demand for semiconductors and conditions in the semiconductor industry;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	changes in our capacity utilization;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	changes in average selling prices;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	changes in the mix of semiconductor packages;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	evolving package and test technology;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	absence of backlog and the short-term nature of our customers’ commitments and the impact of these factors on the timing and volume of orders relative to our production capacity;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	changes in costs, availability and delivery times of raw materials and components;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	changes in labor costs to perform our services;	

15

Table of Contents

 	• 	wage and commodity price inflation;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	the timing of expenditures in anticipation of future orders;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	changes in effective tax rates;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	the availability and cost of financing;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	intellectual property transactions and disputes;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	high leverage and restrictive covenants;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	warranty and product liability claims and the impact of quality excursions and customer disputes and returns;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	costs associated with litigation judgments, indemnification claims and settlements;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	international events, political instability, civil disturbances or environmental or natural events, such as earthquakes, that impact our operations;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	difficulties integrating acquisitions;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	our ability to attract and retain qualified employees to support our global operations and loss of key personnel or the shortage of available skilled workers;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	fluctuations in foreign exchange rates;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	delay, rescheduling and cancellation of large orders; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	fluctuations in our manufacturing yields.	
 
It is often difficult to predict the impact of these factors upon our results for a particular period. The recent downturn in the global economy and the semiconductor industry has increased the risks associated with the foregoing factors as customer forecasts have become more volatile, and there is less visibility regarding future demand and significantly increased uncertainty regarding the economy, credit markets, and consumer demand. These factors may materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, or lead to significant variability of quarterly or annual operating results. In addition, these factors may adversely affect our credit ratings which could make it more difficult and expensive for us to raise capital and could adversely affect the price of our securities.
 
High Fixed Costs — Due to Our High Percentage of Fixed Costs, We Will Be Unable to Maintain Our Gross Margin at Past Levels if We Are Unable to Achieve Relatively High Capacity Utilization Rates.
 
Our operations are characterized by relatively high fixed costs. Our profitability depends in part not only on pricing levels for our packaging and test services, but also on the utilization rates for our packaging and test equipment, commonly referred to as “capacity utilization rates.” In particular, increases or decreases in our capacity utilization rates can significantly affect gross margins since the unit cost of packaging and test services generally decreases as fixed costs are allocated over a larger number of units. In periods of low demand, we experience relatively low capacity utilization rates in our operations, which lead to reduced margins during that period. We are currently experiencing lower than optimum utilization rates in our operations due to a decline in world-wide demand for our packaging and test services. This can lead to significantly reduced margins during that period. Although our capacity utilization rates at times have been strong, we cannot assure that we will be able to maintain consistently high capacity utilization rates, and if we fail to do so, our gross margins may decrease. If our gross margins decrease, our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. The recent declines in demand have significantly reduced our margins and we have experienced lower utilization rates in our manufacturing operations.
 
In addition, our fixed operating costs have increased in recent years in part as a result of our efforts to expand our capacity through significant capital additions. Forecasted customer demand for which we have made capital investments may not materialize during the downturn. As a result, our sales may not adequately cover our substantial fixed costs resulting in reduced profit levels or causing significant losses, both of which may adversely
16

Table of Contents
impact our liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Additionally, we could suffer significant losses if current industry conditions continue to deteriorate further, which could materially impact our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial position and cash flows.
 
Guidance — Our Failure to Meet Our Guidance or Analyst Projections Could Adversely Impact the Trading Prices of Our Securities.
 
We periodically provide guidance to investors with respect to certain financial information for future periods. Securities analysts also periodically publish their own projections with respect to our future operating results. As discussed above under “Fluctuations in Operating Results and Cash Flows — Our Operating Results and Cash Flows Have Varied and May Vary Significantly as a Result of Factors That We Cannot Control,” our operating results and cash flows vary significantly and are difficult to accurately predict. Recent downward volatility in customer forecasts and reduced visibility caused by economic uncertainty and declining global consumer demand has made it particularly difficult to predict future results. To the extent we fail to meet or exceed our own guidance or the analyst projections for any reason, the trading prices of our securities may be adversely impacted. Moreover, even if we do meet or exceed that guidance or those projections, the analysts and investors may not react favorably, and the trading prices of our securities may be adversely impacted.
 
Declining Average Selling Prices — The Semiconductor Industry Places Downward Pressure on the Prices of Our Packaging and Test Services.
 
Prices for packaging and test services have generally declined over time. Historically, we have been able to partially offset the effect of price declines by successfully developing and marketing new packages with higher prices, such as advanced leadframe and laminate packages, by negotiating lower prices with our material vendors, recovering material cost increases from our customers, and by driving engineering and technological changes in our packaging and test processes which resulted in reduced manufacturing costs. We expect general downward pressure on average selling prices for our packaging and test services in the future and these pricing pressures can be expected to increase during a downturn in the semiconductor industry. If we are unable to offset a decline in average selling prices, including developing and marketing new packages with higher prices, reducing our purchasing costs, recovering more of our material cost increases from our customers and reducing our manufacturing costs, our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
 
Decisions by Our IDM Customers to Curtail Outsourcing May Adversely Affect Our Business.
 
Historically, we have been dependent on the trend in outsourcing of packaging and test services by integrated device manufacturers (“IDM”). Our IDM customers continually evaluate the outsourced services against their own in-house packaging and test services. As a result, at any time and for a variety of reasons, IDMs may decide to shift some or all of their outsourced packaging and test services to internally sourced capacity.
 
The reasons IDMs may shift their internal capacity include:

 	• 	their desire to realize higher utilization of their existing test and packaging capacity, especially during downturns in the semiconductor industry;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	their unwillingness to disclose proprietary technology;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	their possession of more advanced packaging and test technologies; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	the guaranteed availability of their own packaging and test capacity.	
 
Furthermore, to the extent we limit capacity commitments for certain customers, these customers may begin to increase their level of in-house packaging and test capabilities, which could adversely impact our sales and profitability and make it more difficult for us to regain their business when we have available capacity. Any shift or a slowdown in this trend of outsourcing packaging and test services is likely to adversely affect our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
In a downturn in the semiconductor industry, such as the downturn we are currently experiencing, IDMs may respond by shifting some outsourced packaging and test services to internally serviced capacity on a short term
17

Table of Contents
basis. This would have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows especially during a prolonged industry downturn.
 
Our Substantial Indebtedness Could Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Prevent Us from Fulfilling Our Obligations.
 
We now have, and for the foreseeable future will continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2008, our total debt balance was $1,493.4 million, of which $54.6 million was classified as a current liability. In addition, despite current debt levels, the terms of the indentures governing our indebtedness allow us or our subsidiaries to incur more debt, subject to certain limitations. If new debt is added to our consolidated debt level, the related risks that we now face could intensify.
 
Our substantial indebtedness could:

 	• 	make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, including our obligations under our indentures to purchase notes tendered as a result of a change in control of Amkor;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	limit our ability to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, research and development and other general corporate requirements;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service payments on our debt;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	limit our flexibility to react to changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	place us at a competitive disadvantage to any of our competitors that have less debt; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds.	
 
Ability to Fund Liquidity Needs.
 
We operate in a capital intensive industry. Servicing our current and future customers requires that we incur significant operating expenses and continue to make significant capital expenditures, which are generally made in advance of the related revenues and without any firm customer commitments. During 2008, we had capital additions of $341.7 million and in 2009, we expect to make capital additions of approximately $100 million, which is well below 2008 levels. In addition, we have a significant level of debt, with $1,493.4 million outstanding at December 31, 2008, $54.6 million of which is current. The terms of such debt require significant scheduled principal payments in the coming years, including $54.6 million due in 2009, $54.7 million due in 2010, $364.8 million due in 2011, $43.0 million due in 2012, $564.9 million due in 2013 and $411.4 million due thereafter. The interest payments required on our debt are also substantial. For example, in the year ended December 31, 2008, we paid $121.3 million of interest. The source of funds to fund our operations, including making capital expenditures and servicing principal and interest obligations with respect to our debt, are cash flows from our operations, current cash and cash equivalents, borrowings under available debt facilities, or proceeds from any additional debt or equity financing. As of December 31, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents of $424.3 million and $86.4 million available under our senior secured revolving credit facility.
 
We assess our liquidity based on our current expectations regarding sales, operating expenses, capital spending and debt service requirements. Based on this assessment, we believe that our cash flow from operating activities together with existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our working capital, capital expenditure and debt service requirements for at least the next twelve months. Thereafter, our liquidity will continue to be affected by, among other things, the performance of our business, our capital expenditure levels and our ability to repay debt out of our operating cash flow or refinance the debt with the proceeds of debt or equity offerings at or prior to maturity. Moreover, the recent financial crisis affecting the worldwide banking system and financial markets and the going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions have resulted in a tightening in the credit markets, a low level of liquidity in many financial markets, and extreme volatility in fixed income, credit and equity markets which could make it much more difficult for us to maintain our existing credit
18

Table of Contents
facilities or refinance our debt. If our performance or access to the capital markets differs materially from our expectations, our liquidity may be adversely impacted.
 
In addition, if we fail to generate the necessary net income or operating cash flows to meet the funding needs of our business beyond the next twelve months due to a variety of factors, including the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, the current economic downturn and the other factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section, our liquidity would be adversely affected.
 
Restrictive Covenants in the Indentures and Agreements Governing Our Current and Future Indebtedness Could Restrict Our Operating Flexibility.
 
The indentures and agreements governing our existing debt, and debt we may incur in the future, contain affirmative and negative covenants that materially limit our ability to take certain actions, including our ability to incur debt, pay dividends and repurchase stock, make certain investments and other payments, enter into certain mergers and consolidations, engage in sale leaseback transactions and encumber and dispose of assets. The $671.1 million write-off of our goodwill at December 31, 2008 has significantly reduced our ability to pay dividends and repurchase stock and subordinated securities, including our convertible notes. In addition, our future debt agreements may contain financial covenants and ratios.
 
The breach of any of these covenants by us or the failure by us to meet any of these ratios or conditions could result in a default under any or all of such indebtedness. If a default occurs under any such indebtedness, all of the outstanding obligations thereunder could become immediately due and payable, which could result in a default under our other outstanding debt and could lead to an acceleration of obligations related to other outstanding debt. The existence of such a default or event of default could also preclude us from borrowing funds under our revolving credit facilities. Our ability to comply with the provisions of the indentures, credit facilities and other agreements governing our outstanding debt and indebtedness we may incur in the future can be affected by events beyond our control and a default under any debt instrument, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on us.
 
We Have Significant Severance Plan Obligations Associated With Our Manufacturing Operations in Korea Which Could Reduce Our Cash Flow and Negatively Impact Our Financial Condition.
 
We sponsor an accrued severance plan in our Korean subsidiary. Under the Korean plan, eligible employees are entitled to receive a lump sum payment upon termination of their employment based on their length of service, seniority and rate of pay at the time of termination. In addition, and in accordance with severance plan regulations in Korea, employers may pay employees earned benefits prior to terminating their employment with us. In January 2009, we paid $31.6 million of such interim benefits using cash on hand. Our severance plan obligation is significant and in the event of a reduction in force or other termination of employment in our Korean facilities, payments under the plan could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and cash flows. See Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.
 
If We Fail to Maintain an Effective System of Internal Controls, We May Not be Able to Accurately Report Financial Results or Prevent Fraud.
 
Effective internal controls are necessary to provide reliable financial reports and to assist in the effective prevention of fraud. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud could harm our business. We must annually evaluate our internal procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which requires management and auditors to assess the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remedy or maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, civil or criminal penalties or shareholder litigation.
 
In addition, failure to maintain adequate internal controls could result in financial statements that do not accurately reflect our operating results or financial condition.
19

Table of Contents
We Face Product Return and Liability Risks, the Risk of Economic Damage Claims and the Risk of Negative Publicity if Our Packages Fail.
 
Our packages are incorporated into a number of end products, and our business is exposed to product return and liability risks, the risk of economic damage claims and the risk of negative publicity if our packages fail.
 
In addition, we are exposed to the product and economic liability risks and the risk of negative publicity affecting our customers. Our sales may decline if any of our customers are sued on a product liability claim. We also may suffer a decline in sales from the negative publicity associated with such a lawsuit or with adverse public perceptions in general regarding our customers’ products. Further, if our packages are delivered with impurities or defects, we could incur additional development, repair or replacement costs, suffer other economic losses and our credibility and the market’s acceptance of our packages could be harmed.
 
Absence of Backlog — The Lack of Contractually Committed Customer Demand May Adversely Affect Our Sales.
 
Our packaging and test business does not typically operate with any material backlog. Our quarterly net sales from packaging and test services are substantially dependent upon our customers’ demand in that quarter. None of our customers have committed to purchase any significant amount of packaging or test services or to provide us with binding forecasts of demand for packaging and test services for any future period, in any material amount. In addition, our customers often reduce, cancel or delay their purchases of packaging and test services for a variety of reasons including industry-wide, customer-specific and Amkor-related reasons. Since a large portion of our costs is fixed and our expense levels are based in part on our expectations of future revenues, we may not be able to adjust costs in a timely manner to compensate for any sales shortfall. If we are unable to do so, it would adversely affect our margins, operating results, financial condition and cash flows. If the decline in customer demand continues, our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows will be materially and adversely affected.
 
Risks Associated With International Operations — We Depend on Our Factories and Operations in China, Japan, Korea, the Philippines, Singapore and Taiwan. Many of Our Customers’ and Vendors’ Operations Are Also Located Outside of the U.S.
 
We provide packaging and test services through our factories and other operations located in China, Japan, Korea, the Philippines, Singapore and Taiwan. Although we do not derive any revenue from, nor sell any packages in North Korea, any future increase in tensions between South Korea and North Korea which may occur, for example, an outbreak of military hostilities, could adversely affect our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Moreover, many of our customers’ and vendors’ operations are located outside the U.S. The following are some of the risks inherent in doing business internationally:

 	• 	changes in consumer demand resulting from deteriorating conditions in local economies;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	regulatory limitations imposed by foreign governments, including limitations or taxes imposed on the payment of dividends and other payments by non-U.S. subsidiaries;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	fluctuations in currency exchange rates;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	political, military, civil unrest and terrorist risks;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	disruptions or delays in shipments caused by customs brokers or government agencies;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs, customs, duties and other restrictive trade barriers or policies;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	potentially adverse tax consequences resulting from changes in tax laws.	

20

Table of Contents
 
Our Management Information Systems May Prove Inadequate — We Face Risks in Connection With Our Current Project to Install a New Enterprise Resource Planning System For Our Business.
 
We depend on our management information systems for many aspects of our business. Some of our key software has been developed by our own programmers, and this software may not be easily integrated with other software and systems. We are implementing a new enterprise resource planning system to replace many of our existing systems at significant locations. We face risks in connection with our current project to install a new enterprise resource system for our business. These risks include:

 	• 	we may face delays in the design and implementation of the system;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	the cost of the system may exceed our plans and expectations; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	disruptions resulting from the implementation of the system may damage our ability to process transactions and delay shipments to customers, impact our results of operations or financial condition, or harm our control environment.	
 
Our business could be materially and adversely affected if our management information systems are disrupted or if we are unable to improve, upgrade, integrate or expand upon our systems, particularly in light of our intention to continue to implement a new enterprise resource planning system over a multi-year program on a company-wide basis.
 
We Face Risks Trying to Attract and Retain Qualified Employees to Support Our Operations.
 
Our success depends to a significant extent upon the continued service of our key senior management and technical personnel, any of whom may be difficult to replace. Competition for qualified employees is intense, and our business could be adversely affected by the loss of the services of any of our existing key personnel, including senior management, as a result of competition or for any other reason. We evaluate our management team and engage in long-term succession planning in order to ensure orderly replacement of key personnel. We do not have employment agreements with our key employees, including senior management or other contracts that would prevent our key employees from working for our competitors in the event they cease working for us. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in these efforts or in hiring and properly training sufficient numbers of qualified personnel and in effectively managing our growth. Our inability to attract, retain, motivate and train qualified new personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Difficulties Consolidating and Evolving Our Operational Capabilities — We Face Challenges as We Integrate Diverse Operations.
 
We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, change in the scope and complexity of our operations primarily through facility consolidations, strategic acquisitions, joint ventures and other partnering arrangements and may continue to engage in such transactions in the future. For example, each business we have acquired had, at the time of acquisition, multiple systems for managing its own production, sales, inventory and other operations. Migrating these businesses to our systems typically is a slow, expensive process requiring us to divert significant amounts of resources from multiple aspects of our operations. These changes have strained our managerial, financial, plant operations and other resources. Future consolidations and expansions may result in inefficiencies as we integrate operations and manage geographically diverse operations.
 
Dependence on Materials and Equipment Suppliers — Our Business May Suffer If the Cost, Quality or Supply of Materials or Equipment Changes Adversely.
 
We obtain from various vendors the materials and equipment required for the packaging and test services performed by our factories. We source most of our materials, including critical materials such as leadframes, laminate substrates and gold wire, from a limited group of suppliers. Furthermore, we purchase the majority of our materials on a purchase order basis. From time to time, we enter into supply agreements, generally up to one year in duration, to guarantee supply to meet projected demand. Our business may be harmed if we cannot obtain materials and other supplies from our vendors in a timely manner, in sufficient quantities, in acceptable quality or at competitive prices.
21

Table of Contents
We purchase new packaging and test equipment to maintain and expand our operations. From time to time, increased demand for new equipment may cause lead times to extend beyond those normally required by equipment vendors. For example, in the past, increased demand for equipment caused some equipment suppliers to only partially satisfy our equipment orders in the normal time frame or to increase prices during market upturns for the semiconductor industry. The unavailability of equipment or failures to deliver equipment could delay or impair our ability to meet customer orders. If we are unable to meet customer orders, we could lose potential and existing customers. Generally, we do not enter into binding, long-term equipment purchase agreements and we acquire our equipment on a purchase order basis, which exposes us to substantial risks. For example, changes in foreign currency exchange rates could result in increased prices for equipment purchased by us, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
We are a large buyer of gold and other commodity materials including substrates and copper. The prices of gold and other commodities used in our business fluctuate. Historically, we have been able to partially offset the effect of commodity price increases through price adjustments to some customers and changes in our product designs. Significant price increases may adversely impact our gross margin in future quarters to the extent we are unable to pass along past or future commodity price increases to our customers.
 
Loss of Customers — The Loss of Certain Customers May Have a Significant Adverse Effect on Our Operations and Financial Results.
 
The loss of a large customer or disruption of our strategic partnerships or other commercial arrangements may result in a decline in our sales and profitability. Although we have over 250 customers, we have derived and expect to continue to derive a large portion of our revenues from a small group of customers during any particular period due in part to the concentration of market share in the semiconductor industry. Our ten largest customers together accounted for approximately 49.8%, 47.0% and 43.6% of our net sales in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. No customer accounted for more than 10% of our net sales in any of these years.
 
The demand for our services from each customer is directly dependent upon that customer’s level of business activity, which could vary significantly from year to year. The loss of a large customer may adversely affect our sales and profitability. Our key customers typically operate in the cyclical semiconductor business and, in the past, order levels have varied significantly from period to period based on a number of factors. Our business is likely to remain subject to this variability in order levels, and we cannot assure you that these key customers or any other customers will continue to place orders with us in the future at the same levels as in past periods. The loss of one or more of our significant customers, or reduced orders by any one of them and our inability to replace these customers or make up for such orders could reduce our profitability. For example, our facility in Iwate, Japan, is primarily dedicated to a single customer, Toshiba Corporation. If we were to lose Toshiba as a customer or if it were to materially reduce its business with us, it could be difficult for us to find one or more new customers to utilize the capacity, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results. In addition, we have a long term supply agreement and actively collaborate with IBM. If we were to lose IBM as a customer, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
Capital Additions — We Make Substantial Capital Additions To Support the Demand Of Our Customers, Which May Adversely Affect Our Business If the Demand Of Our Customers Does Not Develop or Is Adversely Affected.
 
We make significant capital additions in order to service the demand of our customers. The amount of capital additions will depend on several factors, including the performance of our business, our assessment of future industry and customer demand, our capacity utilization levels and availability, our liquidity position and the availability of financing. Our ongoing capital addition requirements may strain our cash and short-term asset balances, and, in periods when we are expanding our capital base, we expect that depreciation expense and factory operating expenses associated with our capital additions to increase production capacity will put downward pressure on our gross margin, at least over the near term.
 
Furthermore, if we cannot generate or raise additional funds to pay for capital additions, particularly in some of the advanced packaging and bumping areas, as well as research and development activities, our growth prospects
22

Table of Contents
and future profitability may be adversely affected. Our ability to obtain external financing in the future is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including:

 	• 	our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	general market conditions for financing activities by semiconductor companies;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	the current financial crisis affecting the worldwide banking system and financial markets and the going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions that have resulted in a tightening in the credit markets, a low level of liquidity in many financial markets, and extreme volatility in fixed income, credit and equity markets; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	economic, political and other global conditions.	
 
The lead time needed to order, install and put into service various capital additions is often significant, and as a result we often need to commit to capital additions in advance of our receipt of firm orders or advance deposits based on our view of anticipated future demand with only very limited visibility. Although we seek to limit our exposure in this regard, in the past we have from time to time expended significant capital for additions for which the anticipated demand did not materialize for a variety of reasons, many of which were outside of our control. To the extent this occurs in the future, our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.
 
Impairment Charges — Any Impairment Charges Required Under U.S. GAAP May Have a Material Adverse Effect on Our Net Income.
 
Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), we review our long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant negative industry or economic trends and our market capitalization relative to net book value. As of December 31, 2008, we recorded a charge to earnings of $671.1 million to write-off our goodwill. We may be required in the future to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our long-lived assets is determined. Such charges have had and could have a significant adverse impact on our results of operations.
 
The Matters Relating to an SEC Investigation, Our Historical Stock Option Granting Practices and the Resultant Restatement of Our Consolidated Financial Statements Resulted in Litigation and Regulatory Proceedings Against Us, Which Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Us.
 
In August 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued a formal order of investigation regarding certain activities with respect to Amkor securities. The investigation related initially to transactions in our securities and later to our historical stock option practices. In April 2007, the SEC filed a civil action against our former general counsel based on substantially the same allegations that had been charged in a criminal case against him with respect to trading Amkor securities based on material non-public information. The SEC’s civil action against the former general counsel has been settled. While the SEC’s investigation continues and we cannot predict the ultimate scope or final outcome, we believe that the investigation is now limited to certain securities trading by a former non-executive employee. We intend to continue to cooperate with the SEC.
 
To correct certain accounting errors relating to our historical stock option granting practices, we amended our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2006, to restate our financial information from 1998 through March 31, 2006. The review of our historical stock option granting practices, related activities and the resulting restatements, required us to incur substantial expenses during 2006 for legal, accounting, tax and other professional services and diverted our management’s attention from our business.
 
These matters have exposed us to greater risks associated with litigation and regulatory proceedings as described in Note 15 to our Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report which, if adversely determined, could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
23

Table of Contents
Litigation Incident to Our Business Could Adversely Affect Us.
 
We have been a party to various legal proceedings, including those described in Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report, and may be a party to litigation in the future. If an unfavorable ruling or outcome were to occur in this or future litigation, there could be a material adverse impact on our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and the trading price of our securities.
 
We Could Suffer Adverse Tax and Other Financial Consequences if Taxing Authorities Do Not Agree with Our Interpretation of Applicable Tax Laws.
 
Our corporate structure and operations are based, in part, on interpretations of various tax laws, including withholding tax, compliance with tax holiday requirements, application of changes in tax law to our operations and other relevant laws of applicable taxing jurisdictions. From time to time, the taxing authorities of the relevant jurisdictions may conduct examinations of our income tax returns and other regulatory filings. We cannot assure you that the taxing authorities will agree with our interpretations. To the extent they do not agree, we may seek to enter into settlements with the taxing authorities which require significant payments or otherwise adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. We may also appeal the taxing authorities’ determinations to the appropriate governmental authorities, but we can not be sure we will prevail. If we do not prevail, we may have to make significant payments or otherwise record charges (or reduce tax assets) that adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
Rapid Technological Change — Our Business Will Suffer If We Cannot Keep Up With Technological Advances in Our Industry.
 
The complexity and breadth of semiconductor packaging and test services are rapidly increasing. As a result, we expect that we will need to offer more advanced package designs in order to respond to competitive industry conditions and customer requirements. Our success depends upon our ability to acquire, develop and implement new manufacturing processes and package design technologies and tools. The need to develop and maintain advanced packaging capabilities and equipment could require significant research and development and capital expenditures and acquisitions in future years. In addition, converting to new package designs or process methodologies could result in delays in producing new package types, which could adversely affect our ability to meet customer orders and adversely impact our business.
 
Technological advances also typically lead to rapid and significant price erosion and may make our existing packages less competitive or our existing inventories obsolete. If we cannot achieve advances in package design or obtain access to advanced package designs developed by others, our business could suffer.
 
Packaging and Test — Packaging and Test Processes Are Complex and Our Production Yields and Customer Relationships May Suffer from Defects in the Services We Provide.
 
Semiconductor packaging and test services are complex processes that require significant technological and process expertise. The packaging process is complex and involves a number of precise steps. Defective packages primarily result from:

 	• 	contaminants in the manufacturing environment;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	human error;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	equipment malfunction;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	changing processes to address environmental requirements;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	defective raw materials; or	
 	 	 	
 	• 	defective plating services.	
 
Testing is also complex and involves sophisticated equipment and software. Similar to most software programs, these software programs are complex and may contain programming errors or “bugs.” The testing equipment is also subject to malfunction. In addition, the testing process is subject to operator error.
24

Table of Contents
These and other factors have, from time to time, contributed to lower production yields. They may also do so in the future, particularly as we adjust our capacity or change our processing steps. In addition, we must continue to expand our offering of packages to be competitive. Our production yields on new packages typically are significantly lower than our production yields on our more established packages.
 
Our failure to maintain high standards or acceptable production yields, if significant and prolonged, could result in loss of customers, increased costs of production, delays, substantial amounts of returned goods and claims by customers relating thereto. Any of these problems could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
 
In addition, in line with industry practice, new customers usually require us to pass a lengthy and rigorous qualification process that may take several months. If we fail to qualify packages with potential customers or customers, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.
 
Competition — We Compete Against Established Competitors in the Packaging and Test Business as Well as Internal Customer Capabilities.
 
The subcontracted semiconductor packaging and test market is very competitive. We face substantial competition from established packaging and test service providers primarily located in Asia, including companies with significant processing capacity, financial resources, research and development operations, marketing and other capabilities. These companies also have established relationships with many large semiconductor companies that are our current or potential customers. We also face competition from the internal capabilities and capacity of many of our current and potential IDM customers. In addition, we may in the future have to compete with companies (including semiconductor foundries) that may enter the market or offer new or emerging technologies that compete with our packages and services.
 
We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully in the future against our existing or potential competitors or that our customers will not rely on internal sources for packaging and test services, or that our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows will not be adversely affected by such increased competition.
 
Environmental Regulations — Future Environmental Regulations Could Place Additional Burdens on Our Manufacturing Operations.
 
The semiconductor packaging process uses chemicals, materials and gases and generates byproducts that are subject to extensive governmental regulations. For example, at our foreign facilities we produce liquid waste when semiconductor wafers are diced into chips with the aid of diamond saws, then cooled with running water. In addition, semiconductor packages have historically utilized metallic alloys containing lead (Pb) within the interconnect terminals typically referred to as leads, pins or balls. Federal, state and local regulations in the U.S., as well as international environmental regulations, impose various controls on the storage, handling, discharge and disposal of chemicals used in our production processes and on the factories we occupy and are increasingly imposing restrictions on the materials contained in semiconductor products.
 
Public attention has focused on the environmental impact of semiconductor operations and the risk to neighbors of chemical releases from such operations and to the materials contained in semiconductor products. For example, the European Union’s Restriction of Use of Certain Hazardous Substances Directive (“RoHS”) imposes strict restrictions on the use of lead and other hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. In response to this directive, and similar laws and developing legislation in countries like China, Japan and Korea, we have implemented changes in a number of our manufacturing processes in an effort to achieve compliance across all of our package types. Complying with existing and future environmental regulations may impose upon us the need for additional capital equipment or other process requirements, restrict our ability to expand our operations, disrupt our operations, subject us to liability or cause us to curtail our operations.
25

Table of Contents
Intellectual Property — We May Become Involved in Intellectual Property Litigation.
 
We maintain an active program to protect and derive value from our investment in technology and the associated intellectual property rights. Intellectual property rights that apply to our various packages and services include patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks. We have filed and obtained a number of patents in the U.S. and abroad the duration of which varies depending on the jurisdiction in which the patent is filed. While our patents are an important element of our intellectual property strategy, as a whole, we are not materially dependent on any one patent or any one technology. The process of seeking patent protection takes a long time and is expensive. There can be no assurance that patents will issue from pending or future applications or that, if patents issue, the rights granted under the patents will provide us with meaningful protection or any commercial advantage. Any patents we do obtain may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented and may not provide meaningful protection or other commercial advantage to us.
 
The semiconductor industry is characterized by frequent claims regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. If any third party makes an enforceable infringement claim against us or our customers, we could be required to:

 	• 	discontinue the use of certain processes;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	cease to provide the services at issue;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	pay substantial damages;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	develop non-infringing technologies; or	
 	 	 	
 	• 	acquire licenses to the technology we had allegedly infringed.	
 
Some of our technologies are not covered by any patent or patent application. The confidentiality agreements on which we rely to protect these technologies may be breached and may not be adequate to protect our proprietary technologies. There can be no assurance that other countries in which we market our services will protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the U.S.
 
Our competitors may develop, patent or gain access to know-how and technology similar to our own. In addition, many of our patents are subject to cross licenses, several of which are with our competitors.
 
We may need to enforce our patents or other intellectual property rights or defend ourselves against claimed infringement of the rights of others through litigation, which could result in substantial cost and diversion of our resources. Furthermore, if we fail to obtain necessary licenses, our business could suffer. We have been involved in legal proceedings involving the acquisition of intellectual property rights, the enforcement of our existing intellectual property rights or the enforcement of the intellectual property rights of others. Unfavorable outcomes in any litigation matters involving intellectual property could result in significant liabilities and could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. The potential impact from the legal proceedings referred to in this report on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could change in the future.
 
Fire, Flood or Other Calamity — With Our Operations Conducted in a Limited Number of Facilities, a Fire, Flood or Other Calamity at one of Our Facilities Could Adversely Affect Us.
 
We conduct our packaging and test operations at a limited number of facilities. Significant damage or other impediments to any of these facilities, whether as a result of fire, weather, the outbreak of infectious diseases (such as SARs or flu), civil strife, industrial strikes, breakdowns of equipment, difficulties or delays in obtaining materials and equipment, natural disasters, terrorist incidents, industrial accidents or other causes could temporarily disrupt or even shut down our operations, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In the event of such a disruption or shutdown, we may be unable to reallocate production to other facilities in a timely or cost-effective manner (if at all) and may not have sufficient capacity to service customer demands in our other facilities. For example, our operations in Asia are vulnerable to regional typhoons that can bring with them destructive winds and torrential rains, which could in turn cause plant closures and transportation interruptions. In addition, some of the processes that we utilize in our operations place us at risk of fire and other damage. For example, highly flammable gases are used in the preparation of wafers holding semiconductor devices for flip chip packaging. While we maintain insurance policies for various types of property,
26

Table of Contents
casualty and other risks, we do not carry insurance for all the above referred risks and with regard to the insurance we do maintain, we cannot assure you that it would be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses.
 
Continued Control By Existing Stockholders — Mr. James J. Kim and Members of His Family Can Substantially Control The Outcome of All Matters Requiring Stockholder Approval.
 
As of December 31, 2008, Mr. James J. Kim, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, members of Mr. Kim’s immediate family and certain family trusts beneficially owned approximately 44% of our outstanding common stock. This percentage includes beneficial ownership of the securities underlying our 6.25% convertible subordinated notes due 2013. Mr. James J. Kim’s family, acting together, have the ability to effectively determine matters (other than interested party transactions) submitted for approval by our stockholders by voting their shares, including the election of all of the members of our Board of Directors. There is also the potential, through the election of members of our Board of Directors, that Mr. Kim’s family could substantially influence matters decided upon by the Board of Directors. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business consolidation involving us, or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer for our shares, and could also negatively affect our stock’s market price or decrease any premium over market price that an acquirer might otherwise pay.

Item 1B.  	Unresolved Staff Comments	
 
None.

Item 2.  	Properties	
 
We provide packaging and test services through our factories in China, Japan, Korea, the Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan and the U.S. The size, location and manufacturing services provided by each of our factories are set forth in the table below.

 	 	Approximate
	 	 	 	
 	 	Factory Size
	 	 	 	
Location	 	(Square feet)	 	 	Services	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Korea	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Seoul, Korea-K1(1)	 	 	698,000	 	 	Packaging services
Package and process development	
Pupyong, Korea-K3(1)	 	 	404,000	 	 	Packaging and test services	
Kwangju, Korea-K4(1)	 	 	907,000	 	 	Packaging and test services	
Philippines	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Muntinlupa, Philippines-P1(2)	 	 	598,000	 	 	Packaging and test services
Package and process development	
Muntinlupa, Philippines-P2(2)	 	 	151,000	 	 	Packaging services	
Province of Laguna, Philippines-P3(2)	 	 	400,000	 	 	Packaging services	
Province of Laguna, Philippines-P4(2)	 	 	225,000	 	 	Test services	
Taiwan	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Lung Tan, Taiwan-T1(1)	 	 	350,000	 	 	Packaging and test services	
Hsinchu, Taiwan-T3(1)	 	 	314,000	 	 	Packaging and test services	
Hsinchu, Taiwan-T5(1)	 	 	112,000	 	 	Wafer bump services	
China	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shanghai, China-C1(3)	 	 	170,000	 	 	Packaging and test services	
Shanghai, China-C3(4)	 	 	953,000	 	 	Packaging and test services	
Japan	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Kitakami, Japan(3)	 	 	211,000	 	 	Packaging and test services	
Singapore	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Kaki Bukit, Singapore-S1(3)(6)	 	 	141,000	 	 	Test services	
Science Park, Singapore-S3(5)	 	 	165,000	 	 	Wafer bumping services	
United States	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Raleigh-Durham, NC(3)	 	 	37,000	 	 	Package and process development	
Chandler, AZ(1)	 	 	2,000	 	 	Test process development	

27

Table of Contents

(1)	 	Owned facility and land.	
 	 	 	
(2)	 	As a result of foreign ownership restrictions in the Philippines, the land associated with our Philippine factories is leased from realty companies in which we own a 40% interest. We own the buildings at our P1, P3 and P4 facilities and lease the buildings at our P2 facility from one of the aforementioned realty companies.	
 	 	 	
(3)	 	Leased facility.	
 	 	 	
(4)	 	Owned facility. 450,000 square feet were facilitized with a clean room manufacturing environment and equipment as of December 31, 2008. Land is leased.	
 	 	 	
(5)	 	Owned facility. Land is leased.	
 	 	 	
(6)	 	As part of our on going efforts to reduce cost, we have begun consolidating our operations and administrative function located at S1 to S3 to be completed in the first half of 2009.	
 
We believe that our existing properties are in good condition and suitable for the conduct of our business. At the end of 2008, we experienced lower than optimum utilization rates in our operations due to a decline in world-wide demand for our packaging and test services. Despite current lower utilization rates, we intend to expand our production capacity as necessary to meet customer demand.
 
Our principal executive office and operational headquarters is located in Chandler, Arizona. In addition to executive staff, the Chandler, Arizona campus houses sales and customer service for the southwest region, product management, finance, information systems, planning and marketing. Our marketing and sales office locations include sites in the U.S. (Chandler, Arizona; Irvine and Santa Clara, California; Boston, Massachusetts; Greensboro, North Carolina; and Dallas, Texas), China, France, Japan, Korea, the Philippines, Singapore and Taiwan.

Item 3.  	Legal Proceedings	
 
For a discussion of “Legal Proceedings,” see Note 15 “Commitments and Contingencies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Item 4.  	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	
 
None.
28

Table of Contents
 
PART II

Item 5.  	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	
 
LISTING ON THE NASDAQ GLOBAL SELECT MARKET
 
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “AMKR.” The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale price per share of our common stock as quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 	 	High	 	 	Low	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2008	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	 	$	12.38	 	 	$	6.55	 	
Second Quarter	 	 	12.36	 	 	 	8.68	 	
Third Quarter	 	 	10.66	 	 	 	6.31	 	
Fourth Quarter	 	 	6.22	 	 	 	1.55	 	
2007	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
First Quarter	 	$	12.98	 	 	$	9.81	 	
Second Quarter	 	 	15.75	 	 	 	12.82	 	
Third Quarter	 	 	16.18	 	 	 	9.80	 	
Fourth Quarter	 	 	12.27	 	 	 	7.72	 	
 
There were approximately 186 holders of record of our common stock as of January 31, 2009.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
Since our public offering in 1998, we have never paid a dividend to our stockholders and we do not currently anticipate doing so. In addition, our secured bank debt agreements and the indentures governing our senior and senior subordinated notes restrict our ability to pay dividends. Refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources Section in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis.”
 
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
None.
 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS
 
The information required by this item regarding equity compensation plans is set forth in Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Total Principal
	 	 	Maximum Number (or
	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Amount of
	 	 	Approximate Dollar
	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Convertible Notes
	 	 	Value) of
	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total Principal
	 	 	Average Price Paid
	 	 	Purchased as Part
	 	 	Convertible Notes
	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Amount of
	 	 	Per $1,000
	 	 	of a Publicly
	 	 	That May Yet Be
	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Convertible Notes
	 	 	Principal Amount of
	 	 	Announced Plan or
	 	 	Purchased Under the
	 	 	 	 	
Period	 	Purchased(1)	 	 	Convertible Notes	 	 	Program(1)	 	 	Plan or Program(1)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
October 1 — October 31, 2008	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	 	 	 	
November 1 — November 30, 2008	 	 	78,434,000	 	 	 	654.31	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	
December 1 — December 31, 2008	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	 	
(1)	 	In November 2008, we repurchased $78.5 million of our outstanding 2.5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2011. All repurchases were made in open market transactions. We do not have a note repurchase plan or program.	

29

Table of Contents
PERFORMANCE GRAPH(1)
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Amkor Technology, Inc., The S&P 500 Index
And The Philadelphia Semiconductor Index

 
* $100 invested on December 31, 2003 in stock or index-including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending December 31.
 
Copyright © 2008, Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved.

 	 	 	
(1)	 	The preceding Stock Performance Graph is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and shall not be incorporated by reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.	

30

Table of Contents
 	 	
Item 6.  	Selected Consolidated Financial Data	
 
The following selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 have been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 have been derived from our historical Consolidated Financial Statements which are not included in this Annual Report. You should read the selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our Consolidated Financial Statements, both of which are included in this Annual Report.
 
The summary consolidated financial data below reflects the following transactions on a historical basis: (i) our 2004 acquisitions of the remaining 40% ownership interest in Amkor Iwate Corporation, certain packaging and test assets from IBM, 60% of Unitive Semiconductor Taiwan (“UST”) and 100% of Unitive, and (ii) our 2006 acquisition of substantially all of the remaining 40% interest in UST.
 
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	 	2005	 	 	2004	 	
 	 	(In thousands, except per share data)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Statement of Operations Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	2,658,602	 	 	$	2,739,445	 	 	$	2,728,560	 	 	$	2,099,949	 	 	$	1,901,279	 	
Cost of sales(a)	 	 	2,096,864	 	 	 	2,057,572	 	 	 	2,053,600	 	 	 	1,744,178	 	 	 	1,538,009	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	 	 	561,738	 	 	 	681,873	 	 	 	674,960	 	 	 	355,771	 	 	 	363,270	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Selling, general and administrative(b)	 	 	251,756	 	 	 	254,365	 	 	 	251,142	 	 	 	293,319	 	 	 	224,781	 	
Research and development	 	 	56,227	 	 	 	41,650	 	 	 	38,735	 	 	 	37,347	 	 	 	36,707	 	
Goodwill impairment(c)	 	 	671,117	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Gain on sale of real estate and specialty test operations(d)	 	 	(9,856	)	 	 	(4,833	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(4,408	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	 	969,244	 	 	 	291,182	 	 	 	289,877	 	 	 	326,258	 	 	 	261,488	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating (loss) income	 	 	(407,506	)	 	 	390,691	 	 	 	385,083	 	 	 	29,513	 	 	 	101,782	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other (income) expense:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense, net	 	 	109,980	 	 	 	124,099	 	 	 	154,807	 	 	 	165,351	 	 	 	148,902	 	
Interest expense, related party	 	 	6,250	 	 	 	6,250	 	 	 	6,477	 	 	 	521	 	 	 	—	 	
Foreign currency (gain) loss(e)	 	 	(61,057	)	 	 	8,961	 	 	 	13,255	 	 	 	9,318	 	 	 	6,190	 	
(Gain) loss on debt retirement, net(f)	 	 	(35,987	)	 	 	15,876	 	 	 	27,389	 	 	 	(253	)	 	 	—	 	
Other (income) expense, net(g)	 	 	(1,004	)	 	 	668	 	 	 	661	 	 	 	(191	)	 	 	(24,444	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other expense, net	 	 	18,182	 	 	 	155,854	 	 	 	202,589	 	 	 	174,746	 	 	 	130,648	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before equity investment losses, income taxes, and minority interests	 	 	(425,688	)	 	 	234,837	 	 	 	182,494	 	 	 	(145,233	)	 	 	(28,866	)	
Equity investment losses	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(55	)	 	 	(2	)	
Income tax expense (benefit)	 	 	31,788	 	 	 	12,597	 	 	 	11,208	 	 	 	(5,551	)	 	 	15,192	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before minority interests	 	 	(457,476	)	 	 	222,240	 	 	 	171,286	 	 	 	(139,737	)	 	 	(44,060	)	
Minority interests, net of tax	 	 	781	 	 	 	(2,376	)	 	 	(1,202	)	 	 	2,502	 	 	 	(904	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	$	(456,695	)	 	$	219,864	 	 	$	170,084	 	 	$	(137,235	)	 	$	(44,964	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income per common share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	(2.50	)	 	$	1.22	 	 	$	0.96	 	 	$	(0.78	)	 	$	(0.26	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	 	$	(2.50	)	 	$	1.11	 	 	$	0.90	 	 	$	(0.78	)	 	$	(0.26	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shares used in computing net (loss) income per common share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	182,734	 	 	 	180,597	 	 	 	177,682	 	 	 	176,385	 	 	 	175,342	 	
Diluted	 	 	182,734	 	 	 	208,767	 	 	 	199,556	 	 	 	176,385	 	 	 	175,342	 	

31

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	 	2005	 	 	2004	 	
 	 	(In thousands, except per share data)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other Financial Data:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	$	309,920	 	 	$	283,267	 	 	$	273,845	 	 	$	248,637	 	 	$	230,344	 	
Purchases of property, plant and equipment	 	 	386,239	 	 	 	236,240	 	 	 	315,873	 	 	 	295,943	 	 	 	407,740	 	

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	 	2005	 	 	2004	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance Sheet Data	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	424,316	 	 	$	410,070	 	 	$	244,694	 	 	$	206,575	 	 	$	372,284	 	
Working capital	 	 	306,174	 	 	 	310,341	 	 	 	215,095	 	 	 	131,362	 	 	 	346,578	 	
Total assets	 	 	2,383,993	 	 	 	3,192,606	 	 	 	3,041,264	 	 	 	2,955,091	 	 	 	2,965,368	 	
Total long-term debt	 	 	1,438,751	 	 	 	1,611,570	 	 	 	1,819,901	 	 	 	1,956,247	 	 	 	2,040,813	 	
Total debt, including short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt	 	 	1,493,360	 	 	 	1,764,059	 	 	 	2,005,315	 	 	 	2,140,636	 	 	 	2,092,960	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	 	1,496,976	 	 	 	1,482,186	 	 	 	1,441,194	 	 	 	1,431,543	 	 	 	1,428,368	 	
Accumulated deficit	 	 	(1,278,221	)	 	 	(821,526	)	 	 	(1,041,390	)	 	 	(1,211,474	)	 	 	(1,074,239	)	
Stockholders’ equity	 	 	237,139	 	 	 	654,619	 	 	 	393,920	 	 	 	223,905	 	 	 	369,151	 	

 	 	 	
(a)	 	During 2008, we recorded a charge of $61.4 million for unpaid royalties relating to the resolution of a patent license dispute, of which $49.0 million related to royalties for periods prior to 2008.	
 	 	 	
(b)	 	During 2006 and 2005, we recorded $1.0 million and $50.0 million respectively, related to epoxy mold compound litigation.	
 	 	 	
(c)	 	At December 31, 2008, we recorded a non-cash charge of $671.1 million to write off our remaining goodwill.	
 	 	 	
(d)	 	During 2008, we sold land and a warehouse in Korea and recorded a gain of $9.9 million. In 2007, we recorded a gain of $3.1 million in connection with the sale of real property in Korea used for administrative purposes. During 2005, we recognized a gain of $4.4 million on the sale of our Wichita, Kansas specialty test operation and in 2007, we recognized an additional $1.7 million gain related to an earn-out provision.	
 	 	 	
(e)	 	We recognize foreign currency (gains) losses due to the remeasurement of certain of our foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities. During 2008, the net foreign currency gain of $61.1 million is primarily attributable to the depreciation of the Korean won and the impact on the remeasurement of our Korean severance obligation.	
 	 	 	
(f)	 	During 2008, we recorded a gain of $36.0 million related to the repurchase of an aggregate $118.3 million principal amount of our 7.125% senior notes and 2.5% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2011. In 2007, we recorded a loss of $15.9 million related to the refinancing of the second lien term loan. During 2006, we recorded a loss of $27.4 million related to the tender offer to purchase $352.3 million principal amount of our 9.25% senior notes due February 2008 and the repurchase of $178.1 million of the 10.5% senior subordinated notes due May 2009.	
 	 	 	
(g)	 	During 2008, we sold our entire investment in marketable securities of Dongbu Hitek Co. Ltd. (formerly known as ASI) for $2.5 million in cash and recorded a loss of $0.5 million. During 2004, we sold 10.1 million shares of ASI common stock for approximately $49.7 million and recorded a gain of $21.6 million.	

Item 7.  	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	
 
This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including but not limited to statements regarding: (1) our expectations regarding demand for our services and customer inventory levels, (2) the focus and level of our expected capital investments, (3) investments in our information systems and cost reduction initiatives, (4) our expected gain on debt extinguishment, (5) our ability to fund our operating activities, working capital,
32

Table of Contents
capital expenditures and debt service requirements for the next twelve months, (6) the payment of dividends and expected use of cash flows, if any in the future, (7) compliance with our covenants, (8) the effect of foreign currency exchange rate exposure on our financial results, (9) the release of valuation allowances related to taxes in the future, (10) the repurchase of outstanding debt, (11) expected labor cost reductions, workforce reductions and related severance charges and the impact on quarterly cost of sales and operating expenses, (12) our expectations regarding free cash flow, revenue, net loss and gross margin in the first quarter of 2009, and (13) other statements that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue,” “intend” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Because such statements include risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in the following discussion as well as in Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report. The following discussion provides information and analysis of our results of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2008 and our liquidity and capital resources. You should read the following discussion in conjunction with Item 1, “Business”, Item 6 “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplemental Data” in this Annual Report as well as other reports we file with the SEC.
 
Overview
 
Amkor is one of the world’s leading subcontractors of semiconductor packaging and test services. Packaging and test are integral steps in the process of manufacturing semiconductor devices. The manufacturing process begins with silicon wafers and involves the fabrication of electronic circuitry into complex patterns, thus creating large numbers of individual chips on the wafers. The fabricated wafers are then probe tested to ensure the individual devices meet electrical specifications. The packaging process creates an electrical interconnect between the semiconductor chip and the system board. In packaging, fabricated semiconductor wafers are separated into individual chips. These chips are typically attached through wire bond or wafer bump technologies to a substrate or leadframe and then encased in a protective material. In the case of an advanced wafer level package, the package is assembled on the surface of a wafer.
 
Our packages are designed for application specific body size and electrical connection requirements to provide optimal electrical connectivity and thermal performance. The packaged chips are then tested using sophisticated equipment to ensure that each packaged chip meets its design and performance specifications. Increasingly, packages are custom designed for specific chips and specific end-market applications. We are able to provide turnkey assembly and test solutions including semiconductor wafer bump, wafer probe, wafer backgrind, package design, assembly, test and drop shipment services.
 
The recent credit crisis and global decline in consumer confidence has resulted in a deteriorating macro-economic environment. As a result, the semiconductor industry is experiencing a significant cyclical downturn. Such a downturn is characterized by decreases in product demand and excess customer inventories. During the three months ended December 31, 2008, we experienced cancellations, deferrals and a significant slowdown in orders. For the three months ended December 31, 2008, our net sales were $548.7 million compared to $746.9 million in the prior year comparable period due to the broad based decline in demand across our packaging and test businesses. Gross margin for the three months ended December 31, 2008 was 17.8%, down from 27.2% in the prior year comparable period. The recent downturn in demand has resulted in significant declines in our operating results and cash flows as capacity utilization rates have declined. Since the end of the third quarter of 2008, we have also experienced a significant and sustained decline in our market capitalization below our carrying value of net assets which, combined with the reduction in demand due to the deteriorating macro-economic environment, resulted in the write off of our remaining goodwill balance of $671.1 million as of December 31, 2008.
 
As part of our focus on generating cash flow and driving greater factory and administrative efficiencies, in 2008 and continuing into 2009, we have implemented cost reduction measures that include lowering executive and other employee compensation, reductions in employee and contractor headcount, and shortened work weeks. We have also significantly reduced our expected capital investment levels in 2009 to an estimated $100 million, well below our 2008 levels. We do not expect to be free cash flow positive in the three months ended March 31, 2009 primarily as a result of the $64.7 million payment made in February 2009 in connection with the resolution of a patent license dispute and other employee benefit and separation payments.
33

Table of Contents
While the current outlook is negative, we believe our financial position and liquidity are sufficient to fund our operating activities for at least the next twelve months. Other than annual amortizing debt of approximately $54.6 million, we have no significant debt due until 2011 when the remaining $288.6 million 2.5% convertible and 7.125% senior notes become due.
 
Many of our customers are negative on the near term outlook and have reduced their levels of inventory in response to current uncertainties about global economic conditions and reduced demand. During the three months ended March 31, 2009, we expect our revenue will further decline from our fourth quarter 2008 levels, and we will incur a net loss. It is difficult to predict the timing, strength or duration of this economic slowdown or subsequent economic recovery and the current uncertainties about global economic conditions make it very challenging for our customers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. This has increased the risk that our actual results may differ from our expectations.
 
Our net sales for 2008 were $2,658.6 million, a decrease of $80.8 million, or 3.0% compared to $2,739.4 million for 2007. For the first nine months of 2008, we had an increase of 5.9% in net sales compared to the prior year comparable period due to the growth of our advanced packaging solutions and the benefit of our investments in 3D packaging, flip chip and wafer level packaging as well as test services. During the three months ended December 31, 2008, we had a decrease in net sales of 26.5% from the prior year comparable period due primarily to the economic downturn described above.
 
Gross margin for 2008 of 21.1% was down from 24.9% in 2007. Included in our cost of sales for 2008 was a charge of $61.4 million for royalties relating to a resolution of a patent license dispute which reduced our gross margin by two percentage points for 2008. Approximately $49.0 million of the royalty charges related to the period from March 2002 through the end of 2007. In addition, we recorded a charge of $11.5 million relating to workforce reduction programs. We expect continued decline in gross margin for the three months ended March 31, 2009, primarily from the low level of current economic activity.
 
We recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $671.1 million at December 31, 2008. Our annual goodwill impairment test was done in the second quarter of 2008 with no impairment necessary at that time. During the three months ended December 31, 2008, based upon a combination of factors, including a significant and sustained decline in our market capitalization below our carrying value of net assets and the deteriorating macro-economic environment which resulted in a significant decline in customer demand, we concluded that sufficient indicators existed to require us to perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis at December 31, 2008. We concluded our goodwill was impaired and recorded a non-cash charge at December 31, 2008.
 
Net interest expense in 2008 decreased $14.1 million primarily due to our continued focus on strengthening our liquidity by reducing debt as well as refinancing debt with lower interest rate instruments. Included in our net interest expense for 2008 is a charge of approximately $3.3 million of interest paid in 2009 for unpaid royalties related to a resolution of a patent license dispute.
 
Net loss for 2008 was $456.7 million, or $2.50 loss per share, compared with net income in 2007 of $219.9 million, or $1.11 per diluted share. Included in 2008 net loss was the charge of $671.1 million, or $3.67 per share, for goodwill impairment as well as a $64.7 million charge relating to the accrued and unpaid royalties and interest for the resolution of a patent license dispute. These items were partially offset by a $61.1 million net foreign currency gain from the remeasurement of certain subsidiaries’ balance sheet items and a gain of $36.0 million related to the repurchase of an aggregate $118.3 million principal amount of our 7.125% senior notes and 2.5% convertible senior subordinated notes due in 2011. During 2008, we also incurred $13.8 million in charges for termination benefits and a net pension curtailment loss from our workforce reduction programs.
 
In 2008, our capital additions totaled $341.7 million or 13% of net sales. Our investments are focused on strategically positioning the company for the future, including our investments in information systems and cost reduction initiatives.
 
Cash provided by operating activities increased $2.4 million to $605.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to $603.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Cash flow from operations during 2008 funded capital purchases of $386.2 million generating $219.6 million of free cash flow (defined below). Please see
34

Table of Contents
the Liquidity and Capital Resources section below for a further analysis of the change in our balance sheet and cash flows during 2008.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth certain operating data as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	 	100.0	%	 	 	100.0	%	 	 	100.0	%	
Gross profit	 	 	21.1	%	 	 	24.9	%	 	 	24.7	%	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	11.7	%	 	 	10.3	%	 	 	10.0	%	
Operating (loss) income	 	 	(15.3	)%	 	 	14.3	%	 	 	14.1	%	
(Loss) income before income taxes and minority interests	 	 	(16.0	)%	 	 	8.6	%	 	 	6.7	%	
Net (loss) income	 	 	(17.2	)%	 	 	8.0	%	 	 	6.2	%	
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
Net Sales.  Net sales decreased $80.8 million, or 3.0%, to $2,658.6 million in 2008 from $2,739.4 million in 2007. For the first nine months of 2008, we had an increase of 5.9% in net sales compared to the prior year comparable period, due to the growth of our advanced packaging solutions and the benefit of our investments in 3D packaging, flip chip and wafer level packaging as well as test services. During the three months ended December 31, 2008, we had a decrease in net sales of 26.5% from the prior year comparable period. This decline in net sales was due to the general decline in demand and inventory management efforts by our customers as a result of the global economic downturn and weakness in consumer spending experienced during the three months ended December 31, 2008.
 
Packaging Net Sales.  Packaging net sales decreased $86.9 million, or 3.6%, to $2,343.5 million for 2008 from $2,430.4 million in 2007. For the first nine months of 2008, we had an increase of 4.7% in packaging net sales compared to the prior year comparable period, due to the growth of our advanced packaging solutions and the benefit of our investments in 3D packaging, flip chip and wafer level packaging. During the three months ended December 31, 2008, we had a decrease due to the general decline in demand and inventory management efforts by our customers as a result of the global economic downturn and weakness in consumer spending experienced during the three months ended December 31, 2008. Packaging unit volume decreased in 2008 to 8.6 billion units compared to 8.7 billion units in 2007.
 
Test Net Sales.  Despite the overall decline in demand due to the global economic downturn, test net sales increased $4.7 million, or 1.5%, to $314.3 million in 2008 from $309.6 million in 2007 principally due to an increase in wafer probe services which have a higher average selling price.
 
Cost of Sales.  Our cost of sales consists principally of materials, labor, depreciation and manufacturing overhead. Since a substantial portion of the costs at our factories is fixed, relatively modest increases or decreases in capacity utilization rates can have a significant effect on our gross margin.
 
Material costs as a percentage of net sales increased from 37.7% for the year ended December 31, 2007 to 38.0% for the year ended December 31, 2008 due to change in mix to packages with higher material content as a percentage of net sales.
 
As a percentage of net sales, labor costs decreased to 15.3% in 2008 compared to 16.0% in 2007. The decrease in labor costs is due primarily to a favorable foreign currency effect on labor costs resulting from the depreciation of the Korean won and other currencies against the U.S. dollar as substantially all of our manufacturing operation workforce is paid in local currencies. In addition, we began to realize savings from our workforce reduction activities and other cost savings initiatives implemented during 2008. These benefits from foreign currency changes and labor cost reduction efforts were partially offset by the severance costs and other charges incurred in connection with workforce reductions in 2008.
 
As a percentage of net sales, other manufacturing costs increased to 25.6% for the year ended December 31, 2008 from 21.4% for the year ended December 31, 2007. Included in other manufacturing costs for 2008 is a charge
35

Table of Contents
of $61.4 million for royalties related to the resolution of a patent license dispute. Other manufacturing costs also increased due to higher depreciation costs as a result of our capital expenditures, which are focused on increasing our wafer bump and flip chip packaging capacity, advanced laminate packaging services and test services.
 
Stock-based compensation included in cost of sales was $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Gross Profit.  Gross profit decreased $120.1 million to $561.7 million, or 21.1% of net sales in 2008 from $681.9 million, or 24.9% of net sales, in 2007. Included in cost of sales for 2008 are $61.4 million for royalties related to the resolution of a patent license dispute and $11.5 million of charges for workforce reduction programs. The decrease in gross profit and gross margin was partially offset by improved factory performance and the favorable foreign currency effect on labor costs due to the depreciation of the Korean won.
 
Packaging Gross Profit.  Gross profit for packaging decreased $104.8 million to $473.0 million, or 20.2% of packaging net sales, in 2008 from $577.8 million, or 23.8% of packaging net sales, in 2007. Included in cost of sales for 2008 are $61.4 million for royalties related to the resolution of a patent license dispute and charges for workforce reduction programs. The packaging gross profit decrease was partially offset by improved product mix, consisting of an increase in our advanced package technologies including flip chip and 3D packages and a decrease in our traditional, lower margin leadframe packages. The decrease was also partially offset by a favorable foreign currency effect on labor costs due to the depreciation of the Korean won.
 
Test Gross Profit.  Gross profit for test in 2008 decreased $14.8 million to $88.6 million, or 28.2% of test net sales from $103.4 million, or 33.4% of test net sales, in 2007. The decrease in gross margin is due to higher depreciation costs as a result of our capital investments, charges incurred for termination benefits and a net pension curtailment loss from our workforce reduction programs attributable to our test business.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $2.6 million, or 1.0%, to $251.8 million for 2008, from $254.4 million for 2007. The decrease was primarily caused by lower legal costs, partially offset by an increase in salaries and benefits in our corporate and sales offices.
 
Research and Development.  Research and development activities are focused on advanced laminate, flip chip and wafer level packaging services. Research and development expenses increased $14.6 million to $56.2 million, or 2.1% of net sales for 2008 from $41.7 million, or 1.5% of net sales in 2007. The increase in our research and development expenses was primarily due to the development of our North Carolina facility as a research and development center, new research and development projects for advanced packaging technologies and investments in information technology to support our technology development efforts.
 
Goodwill Impairment.  We recorded a goodwill impairment charge in the amount of $671.1 million at December 31, 2008 to write off the entire carrying value of our goodwill. No goodwill impairment was incurred in 2007. This non-cash charge had no impact on liquidity or cash flows from operations.
 
Gain on Sale of Real Estate and Specialty Test Operations.  During 2008, we sold land and a warehouse in Korea for $14.3 million in cash and recorded a gain of $9.9 million, with no net tax effect. In 2007, we recognized a gain of $3.1 million in connection with the sale of real property in Korea used for administrative purposes. Also in 2007, we recognized a gain of $1.7 million as a result of an earn-out provision related to our divesture of a specialty test operation in October 2005.
 
Other (Income) Expense.  Other expense, net decreased $137.7 million to $18.2 million, or 0.7% of net sales for 2008 from $155.9 million, or 5.7% of net sales in 2007. This decrease was driven by a $61.1 million foreign currency gain recorded in 2008 primarily due to the depreciation of the Korean won and the remeasurement of the Korean won denominated severance obligation. In addition, in 2008 we recognized a gain of $36.0 million related to the repurchase of an aggregate $118.3 million principal amount of our 7.125% senior notes and 2.5% convertible senior subordinated notes due in 2011. In 2007, we recognized $15.9 million of debt retirement costs, net. The $14.1 million reduction in net interest expense is due to reduced debt and the refinancing of certain debt with lower rate instruments. The reduced interest expense was partially offset by $3.3 million of interest related to the resolution of a patent license dispute.
36

Table of Contents
Income Tax Expense.  In 2008, we recorded an income tax expense of $31.8 million as compared to an income tax expense of $12.6 million in 2007. The increase in income tax is primarily attributable to profits in our taxable foreign jurisdictions, the establishment of a valuation allowance in 2008 against certain deferred tax assets in Japan, and the release of a valuation allowance in 2007 at our largest subsidiary in Taiwan. Generally, our effective tax rate is substantially below the U.S. federal tax rate of 35% because we have experienced taxable losses in the U.S. and our income is taxed in foreign jurisdictions where we benefit from tax holidays or tax rates lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate. In 2008, our effective tax rate also reflects the $671.1 million goodwill impairment.
 
At December 31, 2008, we had U.S. net operating loss carryforwards totaling $343.2 million, which expire at various times through 2028. At December 31, 2008, we continued to record a valuation allowance on a substantial portion of our deferred tax assets, including our net operating loss carryforwards, and will release such valuation allowance when sufficient net positive evidence exists to conclude that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
Net Sales.  Net sales increased $10.9 million, or 0.4%, to $2,739.4 million in 2007 from $2,728.6 million in 2006. The increase is principally a result of improved sales of our flip chip and 3D packages and test services in support of high-end wireless communications, computing and gaming applications. Partially offsetting this increase was decreased demand for modules and traditional leadframe packages.
 
Packaging Net Sales.  Packaging net sales decreased $19.1 million, or 0.8%, to $2,430.4 million for 2007 from $2,449.4 million in 2006 due primarily to lower unit volumes, partially offset by improved product mix. The improvement in product mix reflected a shift from traditional leadframe packages to advanced technologies including flip chip and 3D packaging during the year. Packaging unit volume decreased to 8.7 billion units in 2007 from 8.8 billion units in 2006.
 
Test Net Sales.  Test net sales increased $29.7 million, or 10.6%, to $309.6 million in 2007 from $280.0 million in 2006 principally due to an increase in the number of units tested in our test facilities.
 
Cost of Sales.  Our cost of sales consists principally of materials, labor, depreciation and manufacturing overhead. Since a substantial portion of the costs at our factories is fixed, relatively modest increases or decreases in capacity utilization rates can have a significant effect on our gross margin.
 
Material costs as a percentage of net sales decreased from 38.8% for the year ended December 31, 2006 to 37.7% for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to change in mix to packages with lower material content as a percentage of net sales.
 
Labor costs in absolute dollars were up due to salary and benefit increases, partially offset by a reduction in headcount. As a percentage of net sales, labor costs increased to 16.0% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 14.9% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was due to increased salary and benefit costs and the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Korean Won and Philippine Peso as a substantial portion of our work force is paid in local currencies.
 
As a percentage of net sales, other manufacturing costs decreased slightly to 21.4% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 21.5% for the year ended December 31, 2006 due to increased overhead utilization and productivity. Other manufacturing costs in absolute dollars decreased principally as a result of a decrease in factory supplies and repairs and maintenance. This is partially offset by increases for depreciation costs as a result of our capital expenditures.
 
Stock-based compensation included in cost of sales was $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Gross Profit.  Gross profit increased $6.9 million to $681.9 million, or 24.9% of net sales in 2007 from $675.0 million, or 24.7% of net sales, in 2006. The slight increase in gross profit and gross margin was due to increases in flip chip and 3D packages and test services partially offset by decreases in traditional leadframe packages.
37

Table of Contents
Packaging Gross Profit.  Gross profit for packaging decreased $8.6 million to $577.8 million, or 23.8% of packaging net sales, in 2007 from $586.3 million, or 23.9% of packaging net sales, in 2006. The packaging gross profit decrease was primarily due to a decrease in our traditional leadframe packages offset by favorable product mix, consisting of an increase in our advanced package technologies including flip chip and 3D packages.
 
Test Gross Profit.  Gross profit for test in 2007 increased $13.9 million to $103.4 million, or 33.4% of test net sales from $89.6 million, or 32.0% of test net sales, in 2006. This increase was primarily due to increased volume and greater recovery of ancillary test services from our customers.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1.1 million, or 0.4%, to $251.2 million for 2007, from $250.1 million for 2006. The increase was caused by an increase in contracted services in conjunction with our global enterprise resource planning information systems implementation as well as increased labor and benefit costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses for 2006 reflected higher spending for professional fees due to the stock option investigation and other related matters.
 
Research and Development.  Research and development activities are currently focused on advanced laminate, flip chip and wafer level packaging services. Research and development expenses increased $2.9 million to $41.7 million, or 1.5% of net sales for 2007 from $38.7 million, or 1.4% of net sales in 2006. Our increase in our research and development expenses was primarily related to increased labor and benefits costs.
 
Gain on Sale of Specialty Test Operations.  In October 2005, we divested a specialty test operation and recognized a gain of $4.4 million. In 2007, we recognized an additional gain of $1.7 million as a result of an earn-out provision provided in the asset purchase agreement.
 
Other (Income) Expense.  Other expense, net decreased $46.7 million to $155.9 million, or 5.7% of net sales for 2007 from $202.6 million, or 7.4% of net sales in 2006. This decrease is primarily driven by the $30.9 million reduction in net interest expense due to our continued focus to strengthen our liquidity by reducing debt as well as refinancing debt with lower interest rate instruments. In addition, in 2007 we recognized $15.9 million in debt retirement costs compared to $27.4 million in 2006.
 
Income Tax Expense.  In 2007, we recorded an income tax expense of $12.6 million reflecting an effective tax rate of 5.4% as compared to an income tax expense of $11.2 million in 2006 reflecting an effective tax rate of 6.1%. Generally, our effective tax rate is substantially below the U.S. federal tax rate of 35% because we have experienced taxable losses in the U.S. in recent years and our income is currently taxed in foreign jurisdictions where we benefit from tax holidays or tax rates lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate. Income tax expense primarily consists of taxes related to our profitable foreign tax jurisdictions and foreign withholding taxes. In addition, continued profitability of our largest subsidiary in Taiwan enabled us to utilize all of its net operating loss carryforwards in 2007 and release its valuation allowance on all deferred tax assets. This benefited our overall effective tax rate by 7.6% in 2007.
 
Quarterly Results
 
The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated financial data for the last eight quarters ended December 31, 2008. Our results of operations have varied and may continue to vary from quarter to quarter and are not necessarily indicative of the results of any future period.
 
We believe that we have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of our selected quarterly data. You should read our selected quarterly data in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes, included in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report.
 
Our net sales, gross profit and operating income are generally lower in the first quarter of the year as compared to the fourth quarter of the preceding year primarily due to the combined effect of holidays in the U.S. and Asia. Semiconductor companies in the U.S. generally reduce their production during the holidays at the end of December which results in a significant decrease in orders for packaging and test services during the first two weeks of January.
38

Table of Contents
The calculation of basic and diluted per share amounts for each quarter is based on the weighted average shares outstanding for that period; consequently, the sum of the quarters may not necessarily be equal to the full year basic and diluted net income per share.

 	 	Quarter Ended	 	
 	 	Dec. 31,
	 	 	Sept. 30,
	 	 	June 30,
	 	 	March 31,
	 	 	Dec. 31,
	 	 	Sept. 30,
	 	 	June 30,
	 	 	March 31,
	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2008	 	 	2008	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2007	 	 	2007	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands, except per share data)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	548,712	 	 	$	719,731	 	 	$	690,676	 	 	$	699,483	 	 	$	746,888	 	 	$	689,083	 	 	$	652,486	 	 	$	650,988	 	
Cost of sales	 	 	451,088	 	 	 	590,700	 	 	 	531,745	 	 	 	523,331	 	 	 	543,976	 	 	 	519,152	 	 	 	490,794	 	 	 	503,650	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	 	 	97,624	 	 	 	129,031	 	 	 	158,931	 	 	 	176,152	 	 	 	202,912	 	 	 	169,931	 	 	 	161,692	 	 	 	147,338	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Selling, general and administrative	 	 	58,399	 	 	 	60,467	 	 	 	67,441	 	 	 	65,449	 	 	 	62,142	 	 	 	64,080	 	 	 	62,360	 	 	 	65,783	 	
Research and development	 	 	13,192	 	 	 	14,084	 	 	 	15,095	 	 	 	13,856	 	 	 	10,720	 	 	 	10,282	 	 	 	11,023	 	 	 	9,625	 	
Goodwill impairment	 	 	671,117	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Gain on sale of real estate and specialty test operations	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(9,856	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,717	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(3,116	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	 	742,708	 	 	 	74,551	 	 	 	72,680	 	 	 	79,305	 	 	 	72,862	 	 	 	72,645	 	 	 	73,383	 	 	 	72,292	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating (loss) income	 	 	(645,084	)	 	 	54,480	 	 	 	86,251	 	 	 	96,847	 	 	 	130,050	 	 	 	97,286	 	 	 	88,309	 	 	 	75,046	 	
Other (income) expense, net	 	 	(25,316	)	 	 	8,399	 	 	 	16,386	 	 	 	18,713	 	 	 	32,699	 	 	 	34,552	 	 	 	52,581	 	 	 	36,022	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before income taxes, and minority interests	 	 	(619,768	)	 	 	46,081	 	 	 	69,865	 	 	 	78,134	 	 	 	97,351	 	 	 	62,734	 	 	 	35,728	 	 	 	39,024	 	
Income tax expense	 	 	5,237	 	 	 	16,313	 	 	 	4,298	 	 	 	5,940	 	 	 	3,024	 	 	 	1,194	 	 	 	4,272	 	 	 	4,107	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before minority interests	 	 	(625,005	)	 	 	29,768	 	 	 	65,567	 	 	 	72,194	 	 	 	94,327	 	 	 	61,540	 	 	 	31,456	 	 	 	34,917	 	
Minority interests, net of tax	 	 	1,927	 	 	 	(613	)	 	 	(335	)	 	 	(198	)	 	 	(663	)	 	 	(920	)	 	 	(466	)	 	 	(327	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	$	(623,078	)	 	$	29,155	 	 	$	65,232	 	 	$	71,996	 	 	$	93,664	 	 	$	60,620	 	 	$	30,990	 	 	$	34,590	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income per common share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	(3.40	)	 	$	0.16	 	 	$	0.36	 	 	$	0.40	 	 	$	0.52	 	 	$	0.33	 	 	$	0.17	 	 	$	0.19	 	
Diluted	 	$	(3.40	)	 	$	0.15	 	 	$	0.33	 	 	$	0.36	 	 	$	0.46	 	 	$	0.30	 	 	$	0.16	 	 	$	0.18	 	
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
The recent credit crisis and global decline in consumer confidence has resulted in a deteriorating macro-economic environment. As a result, the semiconductor industry is experiencing a significant cyclical downturn. During the three months ended December 31, 2008, we experienced cancellations, deferrals and a significant slowdown in orders. For the three months ended December 31, 2008, our net sales were $548.7 million compared to $746.9 million in the prior year comparable period due to the broad based decline in demand across our packaging and test businesses. Gross margin for the three months ended December 31, 2008 was 17.8% down from 27.2% in the prior year comparable period. The recent downturn in demand has resulted in significant declines in our operating results and cash flows as capacity utilization rates have declined.
 
As part of our focus on generating cash flow and driving greater factory and administrative efficiencies in 2008 and continuing into 2009, we have implemented cost reduction measures that include lowering executive and other employee compensation, reductions in employee and contractor headcount, and shortened work weeks. We have also significantly reduced our expected capital investment levels in 2009 to an estimated $100 million, well below our 2008 levels. We do not expect to be free cash flow positive in the three months ended March 31, 2009 primarily as a result of the $64.7 million payment for the resolution of a patent license dispute and other employee benefit and separation payments.
39

Table of Contents
While the current outlook is negative, we believe our financial position and liquidity are sufficient to fund our operating activities for at least the next twelve months. At December 31, 2008, we had $424.3 million of cash and cash equivalents and other than annual amortizing debt of approximately $54.6 million, we have no significant debt due until 2011 when the remaining $288.6 million 2.5% convertible and 7.125% senior notes become due.
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2009, we expect our revenue will further decline from our fourth quarter 2008 levels, and we will incur a net loss. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of this economic slowdown or subsequent economic recovery. The current uncertainties about global economic conditions make it very difficult for our customers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities which has increased the risk that our actual results may differ from our expectations.
 
We generated a net loss of $456.7 million in 2008 which included a $671.1 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge. We generated net income of $219.9 million and $170.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Our operating activities provided cash totaling $605.8 million in 2008, $603.4 million in 2007 and $523.6 million in 2006. In 2008, 2007 and 2006, cash flow from operating activities was sufficient to finance or pay for our investing activities as well as decrease our debt.
 
Although we have a significant level of debt, with $1,493.4 million outstanding at December 31, 2008, of which $54.6 million is current, we have continued to use existing cash to reduce our debt and refinance debt with lower interest rates and more favorable terms. To date in 2009 (through the filing date of this Form 10-K), we repurchased an aggregate $33.1 million principal amount due of our 7.125% senior notes and 2.5% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2011 using $23.8 million of our cash on hand. In November and December 2008, we repurchased an aggregate $118.3 million principal amount due of our 7.125% senior notes and 2.5% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2011 using $80.7 million of our cash on hand.
 
In order to reduce leverage and future cash interest payments, we may from time to time repurchase our outstanding notes for cash or exchange shares of our common stock for our outstanding notes. Any such transactions may be made in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions and are subject to the terms of our indentures and other debt agreements, market conditions and other factors.
 
We were in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 2008 and expect to remain in compliance with these covenants for at least the next twelve months. The interest payments required on our debt are substantial. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2008, we paid $121.3 million of interest. (See “Capital Additions and Contractual Obligations” below for a summary of principal and interest payments.)
 
We operate in a capital intensive industry. Servicing our current and future customers requires that we incur significant operating expenses and make significant capital expenditures, which are generally made in advance of the related revenues and without any firm customer commitments. During 2008, we had capital additions of $341.7 million or 13% of net sales compared to 11% of net sales in 2007. Capital additions in the three months ended December 31, 2008 were lower than planned due to the deferment of purchases into 2009 and, in some cases, cancellations of orders. In 2009, we expect that our capital additions will be approximately $100 million because of the significant reduced level of customer demand. Our capital investments are focused on strategically positioning the company for the future, including our investments in information systems and cost reduction initiatives. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we sold land and a warehouse in Korea for $14.3 million in cash and reported a gain of $9.9 million, with no net tax effect.
 
As part of our ongoing efforts to improve factory and corporate performance and manage costs, from time to time we evaluate our staffing levels compared to current business needs. During 2008, we reduced our headcount through reductions-in-force and attrition by 1,100 employees. We completed early voluntary retirement programs and involuntary reductions-in-force with special termination benefits paid to employees. We paid $2.5 million in cash for severance plan obligations and $12.3 million for special and contractual termination benefits related to these programs. All amounts owed for special and contractual termination benefits were paid as of December 31, 2008. To date in the three months ending March 31, 2009, we have made further reductions in corporate overhead and labor costs by lowering compensation, reducing employee and contractor headcount, shortening work weeks and obtaining labor-related foreign government subsidies. We are pursuing other cost reduction initiatives in response to lower levels of demand. We expect to reduce our work force by an estimated 1,700 employees during the
40

Table of Contents
three months ending March 31, 2009 and record a severance charge estimated at $6 million, of which an estimated $5 million will be charged to cost of sales and an estimated $1 million will be charged to operating expenses. In the aggregate, as compared to the three months ended December 31, 2008, we expect these cost savings initiatives to lower quarterly cost of sales by approximately $15 million and operating expenses by approximately $7 million.
 
The source of funds for our operations, including making capital expenditures and servicing principal and interest obligations with respect to our debt, are cash flows from our operations, current cash and cash equivalents, borrowings under available debt facilities, or proceeds from any additional debt or equity financings. As of December 31, 2008, we had cash and cash equivalents of $424.3 million and $86.4 million available under our $100 million first lien senior secured revolving credit facility which matures in November 2009. We have initiated discussions with lenders to replace the current revolving credit facility. In January 2009, our subsidiary in China entered into a $50 million working capital facility agreement with a China bank maturing in January 2011. Principal amounts borrowed must be repaid within twelve months of the drawdown date and may be prepaid at any time without penalty. Amounts borrowed under the facility will bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.7%, payable in semi-annual payments. The facility is collateralized with certain real property and buildings in China.
 
We assess our liquidity based on our current expectations regarding sales, operating expenses, capital spending and debt service requirements. Based on this assessment, we believe that our cash flow from operating activities together with existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our working capital, capital expenditure and debt service requirements for at least the next twelve months. Thereafter, our liquidity will continue to be affected by, among other things, volatility in the global economy and credit markets, the performance of our business, our capital expenditure levels and our ability to either repay debt out of operating cash flow or refinance debt at or prior to maturity with the proceeds of debt or equity offerings.
 
There is no assurance that we will generate the necessary net income or operating cash flows to meet the funding needs of our business beyond the next twelve months due to a variety of factors, including the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry and the other factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors.”
 
Many of our debt agreements restrict our ability to pay dividends. The $671.1 million write-off of our goodwill at December 31, 2008 has significantly reduced our ability to pay dividends and repurchase stock and subordinated securities, including our convertible notes. We have never paid a dividend to our stockholders and we do not currently anticipate doing so. We expect cash flows to be used in the operation and expansion of our business, the repayment or repurchase of debt and for other corporate purposes.
 
Cash flows
 
Cash provided by operating activities was $605.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $603.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Free cash flow (which we define as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, plant and equipment) decreased by $147.6 million to $219.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $367.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our free cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was predominantly used to reduce debt. Free cash flow is not a GAAP measure. See “ Financing activities ” below for a further discussion of free cash flow and a reconciliation to GAAP.
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing and financing activities for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating activities	 	$	605,818	 	 	$	603,430	 	 	$	523,630	 	
Investing activities	 	 	(371,380	)	 	 	(231,299	)	 	 	(314,797	)	
Financing activities	 	 	(223,625	)	 	 	(208,450	)	 	 	(169,231	)	
 
Operating activities:  Our cash flow from operating activities in 2008 increased by $2.4 million compared to 2007. Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2008 adjusted for depreciation and amortization, other operating activities and non-cash items decreased $87.8 million from 2007, largely as a result of decreased net sales.
41

Table of Contents
Net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased by $14.1 million as compared with the year ended December 31, 2007 as a result of reduced debt levels as well as refinancing debt with lower interest rate instruments. Operating cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2007 were reduced by $9.0 million in prepayment fees in connection with refinancing our second lien term loan. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by $19.2 million as compared with the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily attributable to profits in our taxable foreign jurisdictions, the establishment of a valuation allowance in 2008 against certain deferred tax assets in Japan, and the release of a valuation allowance in 2007 at our largest subsidiary in Taiwan.
 
Changes in assets and liabilities increased operating cash flows during 2008 principally due to the reduction in accounts receivable. Accounts receivable and accounts payable have decreased significantly during 2008 due to decreased consumer spending which has decreased demand for our services. Accrued expenses increased principally due to the $64.7 million charge for unpaid royalties and interest relating to the resolution of a patent license dispute for the year ended December 31, 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2008, there was a reduction in the Korean severance obligation due to the depreciation of the Korean won.
 
Investing activities:  Our cash flows used in investing activities in 2008 increased by $140.1 million. This increase was primarily due to a $150.0 million increase in purchases of property, plant and equipment from $236.2 million in 2007 to $386.2 million in 2008. Capital expenditures were higher in 2008 due in part to our increased investments in wafer bump and flip chip packaging capacity, advanced laminate packaging services and test services. Investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2008 included proceeds of $14.3 million from the sale of land and a warehouse in Korea. Investing activities during 2007 included increased proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment of $5.2 million primarily attributable to a sale of real property in Korea that had been used for administrative purposes and $1.7 million of proceeds received as a result of an earn-out provision in connection with the sale of our specialty test operation.
 
Financing activities:  Our net cash used in financing activities in 2008 was $223.6 million, compared with $208.5 million in 2007. The net cash used in financing activities during 2008 was primarily driven by the repayment and repurchase of $271.5 million in aggregate principal amount of debt. We paid the remaining $88.2 million of our 9.25% senior notes at maturity in February 2008. In November and December 2008, we repurchased $78.5 million of our 2.5% convertible senior subordinated notes due May 2011 and $39.8 million of our 7.125% senior notes due March 2011 in open market transactions using $80.7 million of our cash on hand. With respect to our foreign subsidiaries, we paid $65.0 million in amortizing debt during 2008. Proceeds from the issuance of stock through our stock compensation plans in 2008 were $10.2 million. The net cash used in financing activities during 2007 consisted primarily of the repayment of $142.4 million of our 5% convertible notes at maturity in March 2007 and the redemption of the remaining $21.9 million of 2009 10.5% senior subordinated notes in June 2007. In 2007 we also repurchased $10.0 million of our 2016 9.25% senior notes and $3.0 million of our 2013 7.75% senior notes in the open market. With respect to our foreign subsidiaries, we repaid $51.5 million of debt during 2007. Proceeds from the issuance of stock through our stock compensation plans in 2007 were $37.1 million.
 
We provide the following supplemental data to assist our investors and analysts in understanding our liquidity and capital resources. Free cash flow represents net cash provided by operating activities less investing activities related to the acquisition of property, plant and equipment. Free cash flow is not defined by GAAP and our definition of free cash flow may not be comparable to similar companies and should not be considered a substitute for cash flow measures in accordance with GAAP. We believe free cash flow provides our investors and analysts useful information to analyze our liquidity and capital resources.

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	$	605,818	 	 	$	603,430	 	 	$	523,630	 	
Less purchases of property, plant and equipment	 	 	386,239	 	 	 	236,240	 	 	 	315,873	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Free cash flow	 	$	219,579	 	 	$	367,190	 	 	$	207,757	 	

42

Table of Contents
We do not expect to be free cash flow positive in the three months ended March 31, 2009, primarily as a result of the $64.7 million payment owed for the resolution of a patent license dispute and employee benefit and separation payments.
 
Debt Instruments and Related Covenants
 
We now have, and for the foreseeable future will continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. Our indebtedness requires us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service payments on our debt. (See table included in “Capital Additions and Contractual Obligations” below). Total debt decreased to $1,493.4 million at December 31, 2008 from $1,764.1 million at December 31, 2007. Amkor Technology, Inc. also guarantees certain debt of our subsidiaries.
 
We were in compliance with all debt covenants contained in our loan agreements at December 31, 2008, and have met all debt payment obligations. Additional information about our debt is available in Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report.
 
Capital Additions and Contractual Obligations
 
Our capital additions were $341.7 million for 2008. We expect that our 2009 capital additions will be approximately $100 million, as discussed above in the “Overview.” Ultimately, the amount of our 2009 capital additions will depend on several factors including, among others, the performance of our business, the need for additional capacity to service anticipated customer demand and the availability of suitable cash flow from operations or financing. The following table reconciles our activity related to property, plant and equipment purchases as presented on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows to property, plant and equipment additions as reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment	 	$	386,239	 	 	$	236,240	 	 	$	315,873	 	
Net change in related accounts payable and deposits	 	 	(44,505	)	 	 	57,636	 	 	 	(16,850	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property, plant and equipment additions	 	$	341,734	 	 	$	293,876	 	 	$	299,023	 	

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2008, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.

 	 	 	 	 	Payments Due for Year Ending December 31,	 	
 	 	Total	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	Thereafter	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt	 	$	1,493,360	 	 	$	54,609	 	 	$	54,660	 	 	$	364,766	 	 	$	43,041	 	 	$	564,856	 	 	$	411,428	 	
Scheduled interest payment obligations(1)	 	 	534,242	 	 	 	111,029	 	 	 	107,152	 	 	 	89,774	 	 	 	82,194	 	 	 	56,491	 	 	 	87,602	 	
Purchase obligations(2)	 	 	38,457	 	 	 	38,457	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Operating lease obligations	 	 	52,733	 	 	 	10,736	 	 	 	8,525	 	 	 	6,861	 	 	 	5,447	 	 	 	5,270	 	 	 	15,894	 	
Severance obligations(3)	 	 	131,177	 	 	 	35,717	 	 	 	6,775	 	 	 	6,911	 	 	 	7,049	 	 	 	7,190	 	 	 	67,535	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total contractual obligations	 	$	2,249,969	 	 	$	250,548	 	 	$	177,112	 	 	$	468,312	 	 	$	137,731	 	 	$	633,807	 	 	$	582,459	 	

 
 	 	 	
(1)	 	Scheduled interest payment obligations were calculated using stated coupon rates for fixed rate debt and interest rates applicable at December 31, 2008 for variable rate debt.	

43

Table of Contents

(2)	 	Represents capital-related purchase obligations in addition to accounts payable outstanding at December 31, 2008 for 2008 capital additions.	
 	 	 	
(3)	 	Represents estimated benefit payments for our Korean subsidiary severance plan of which $31.6 million is classified in accrued expenses in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2008, and was paid out in January 2009.	
 
In addition to the obligations identified in the table above, other non-current liabilities recorded in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2008 include:

 	• 	$14.5 million of customer advances which relate to supply agreements with customers that commit capacity in exchange for customer prepayment of services. Generally customers forfeit the prepayment if the capacity is not utilized per contract terms.	
 	 	 	
 	• 	$17.2 million of foreign pension plan obligations for which the timing and actual amount of funding required is uncertain. We expect to contribute $8.0 million to the plans during 2009.	
 	 	 	
 	• 	$20.9 million of unrecognized tax benefits. As discussed in Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, we adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48,  Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109  (“FIN 48”) on January 1, 2007. At December 31, 2008, the amount of our liability for unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $10.4 million, which does not generally represent future cash payments because of the interaction with other available tax attributes, such as net operating loss or tax credit carryforwards. Due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the amount and the timing of any future cash outflows associated with our FIN 48 liabilities, we are unable to reasonably estimate the amount and period of ultimate settlement, if any, with the various taxing authorities. Because we expect cash outflows with respect to FIN 48 liabilities to occur over an indeterminate number of future years, we believe it is unlikely that the payment of existing liabilities would have a material adverse affect on liquidity in any future period.	
 
Related Party Transactions
 
We purchase leadframe inventory from Acqutek Semiconductor & Technology Co., Ltd. James J. Kim our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, owns approximately 16.2% of Acqutek Semiconductor & Technology Co., Ltd. The purchases are arms length and on terms consistent with our non-related party vendors. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, purchases from Acqutek Semiconductor & Technology Co., Ltd. were $15.7 million, $18.7 million and $16.7 million, respectively. Amounts due to Acqutek Semiconductor & Technology Co., Ltd. at December 31, 2008 and 2007, were $0.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
 
Mr. JooHo Kim is an employee of Amkor and a brother of Mr. James J. Kim, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. JooHo Kim, together with his wife and children, own 100% of Jesung C&M, a company that provides cafeteria services to Amkor Technology Korea, Inc. The services provided by Jesung C&M are subject to competitive bid. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, purchases from Jesung C&M were $5.3 million, $6.2 million and $6.5 million, respectively. Amounts due to Jesung C&M at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively.
 
Previously, Mr. JooHo Kim owned with his children and other Kim Family members 58.1% of Anam Information Technology, Inc., a company that provided computer hardware and software components to ATK. Mr. JooHo Kim sold all of his shares in the fourth quarter of 2006. Other Kim Family members owned 48.3% as of December 31, 2006. As of September 30, 2006, a decision was made to discontinue using Anam Information Technology as a vendor. The services provided by Anam Information Technology were subject to competitive bid. During 2008 and 2007, there were no purchases from Anam Information Technology. Purchases from Anam Information Technology during 2006 were $0.3 million. There were no amounts due to Anam Information Technology at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We had no off-balance sheet guarantees or other off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2008. Operating lease commitments are included in the contractual obligations table above.
44

Table of Contents
Other Contingencies
 
We refer you to Note 15 “Commitments and Contingencies” to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for a discussion of our contingencies related to our litigation and legal matters. If an unfavorable ruling were to occur in these matters, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the period in which the ruling occurs. The potential impact from the legal proceedings, on our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial position and cash flows, could change in the future.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
 
We have identified the policies below as critical to our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations. A summary of our significant accounting policies used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements appears in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report. Our preparation of this Annual Report on Form 10-K requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. There can be no assurance that actual results will not differ from those estimates.
 
Revenue Recognition.  We recognize revenue from our packaging and test services when there is evidence of a fixed arrangement, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, fees are fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Generally these criteria are met and revenue is recognized upon shipment. If the revenue recognition criteria are not met, we defer the revenue. Deferred revenue generally results from two types of transactions; customer advances and invoicing at interim points prior to shipping. Customer advances represent supply agreements with customers where we commit capacity in exchange for customer prepayment of services. These prepayments are deferred and recorded as customer advances within accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities. Deferred revenue also relates to contractual invoicing at interim points prior to the shipment of the finished product. The invoicing that is completed in advance of our revenue recognition criteria being met is recorded as deferred revenue. Such policies are consistent with the provisions in Securities and Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “ Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements.”
 
We do not take ownership of customer-supplied semiconductor wafers. Title and risk of loss remains with the customer for these materials. Accordingly, the cost of the customer-supplied materials is not included in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
An allowance for sales credits is recorded as a reduction to sales and accounts receivable during the period of sale such that accounts receivable is reported at its estimated net realizable value. The allowance for sales credits is an estimate of the future credits we will issue for billing adjustments primarily for invoicing corrections and miscellaneous customer claims and is estimated based upon recent credit issuance, historical experience, as well as specific identification of known or expected sales credits at the end of the reporting period. Additionally, provisions are made for doubtful accounts when there is doubt as to the collectibility of accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded as bad debt expense, classified as selling, general and administrative expense. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon specification of doubtful accounts considering the age of the receivable balance, the customer’s historical payment history and current credit worthiness as well as specific identification of any known or expected collectability issues.
 
Income Taxes.  We operate in and file income tax returns in various U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions which are subject to examination by tax authorities. The tax returns for open years in all jurisdictions in which we do business are subject to change upon examination. We believe that we have estimated and provided adequate accruals for potential additional taxes and related interest expense that may ultimately result from such examinations in accordance with FIN 48. We believe that any additional taxes or related interest over the amounts accrued will not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, resolution of these matters involves uncertainties and there are no assurances that the outcomes will be favorable. In addition, changes in the mix of income from our foreign subsidiaries, expiration of tax holidays and changes in tax laws or regulations could result in increased effective tax rates in the future.
45

Table of Contents
Additionally, we record the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and amounts reported in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. U.S. GAAP requires companies to weigh both positive and negative evidence in determining the need for a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. As a result of net losses experienced in recent years in certain jurisdictions, we have determined that a valuation allowance representing substantially all of our deferred tax assets was appropriate. We will release such valuation allowance as the related deferred tax benefits are realized on our tax returns or when sufficient net positive evidence exists to conclude it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.
 
Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets.  Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for impairment on an annual basis during the second quarter of each year. We do not have any indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill which was written off at December 31, 2008. We also assess the carrying value of goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:

 	• 	significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	significant changes in the manner of our use of the asset;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	significant negative industry or economic trends; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	our market capitalization relative to net book value.	
 
We test goodwill at a reporting unit level, which we have determined to be our Packaging and Test operating segments. We calculate the fair value of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow model and compare these fair values to the carrying value for each reporting unit. Since separate balance sheets are not maintained for the reporting units, we determine carrying value for each reporting unit by assigning all assets and liabilities based on specific identification where possible and use an allocation method for the remaining items. Determining the fair value of the reporting units requires us to make a number of assumptions and estimates that are highly subjective. Significant assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include expected future revenue growth rates, internal projections of expected future cash flows, operating plans and a discount rate commensurate with the risk involved. Our discount rate is a weighted average cost of capital which reflects current market conditions. In order to further assess the reasonableness of the fair value estimates prepared utilizing the discounted cash flow valuation model, we compare the combined total reporting unit fair values from our model to our market enterprise value which is determined using the quoted market price of our common stock plus an estimate of the fair value of our outstanding debt, net of cash, and a control premium above the quoted market price of our common stock.
 
If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then SFAS No. 142 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  (“SFAS No. 142) requires a second step to measure the goodwill impairment loss, if any. This step requires a determination of the fair value of all the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities to determine the residual implied value of goodwill. The difference between the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and the carrying amount of that goodwill is recognized as an impairment.
 
In recent years, all of our goodwill was in our Packaging reporting unit. We completed our annual impairment analysis during the second quarter of 2008 and determined that no impairment existed as of the date of that analysis. During the three months ended December 31, 2008, based upon a combination of factors, including a significant and sustained decline in our market capitalization below our carrying value of net assets and the deteriorating macro-economic environment which resulted in a significant decline in customer demand, we concluded that sufficient indicators existed to require us to perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis at December 31, 2008. We expensed all $671.1 million of the remaining goodwill as of December 31, 2008.
46

Table of Contents
Other Long-lived Assets.  Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of depreciable assets. Depreciable lives are as follows:

Buildings and improvements	 	10 to 25 years	
Machinery and equipment	 	3 to 7 years	
Software and computer equipment	 	3 to 5 years	
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment	 	3 to 10 years	
Land use rights	 	50 years	
 
Cost and accumulated depreciation for property retired or disposed of are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in earnings. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
 
We review other long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of a long-lived asset group held and used in operations is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. If such asset group is considered to be impaired, the impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value. Fair market value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less the costs of disposal.
 
Legal Contingencies.  We are subject to certain legal proceedings, lawsuits and other claims. We assess the likelihood of any adverse judgment or outcome related to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses. Our determination of the amount of reserves required, if any, for these contingencies is based on a careful analysis of each individual issue, often with the assistance of outside legal counsel. We record provisions in our Consolidated Financial Statements for pending litigation when we determine that an unfavorable outcome is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
 
Our assessment of required reserves may change in the future due to new developments in each matter. The present legislative and litigation environment is substantially uncertain, and it is possible that our liquidity, results of operations, financial position and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected by an unfavorable outcome or settlement of our pending litigation.
 
Valuation of Inventory.  We order raw materials based on customers’ forecasted demand. If our customers change their forecasted requirements and we are unable to cancel our raw materials order or if our vendors require that we order a minimum quantity that exceeds the current forecasted demand, we will experience a build-up in raw material inventory. We will either seek to recover the cost of the materials from our customers or utilize the inventory in production. However, we may not be successful in recovering the cost from our customers or be able to use the inventory in production and, accordingly, if we believe that it is probable that we will not be able to recover such costs we reduce the carrying value of our inventory. Additionally, we reduce the carrying value of our inventories for the cost of inventories we estimate is excess and obsolete based on the age of our inventory and forecasted demand we receive from our customers. When a determination is made that the inventory will not be utilized in production or is not saleable, it is written-off and disposed.
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the weighted moving average method or by standard costing, both of which approximate actual cost. Cost is based on normal capacity utilization, with costs arising from underutilization of capacity expensed when incurred.
 
Recently Adopted and Recently Issued Standards
 
For information regarding recently adopted and recently issued accounting standards, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included within Item 8 of this Annual Report.
47

Table of Contents
 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Market Risk Sensitivity
 
We are exposed to market risks, primarily related to foreign currency and interest rate fluctuations. In the normal course of business, we employ established policies and procedures to manage the exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency values and changes in interest rates. Our use of derivative instruments, including forward exchange contracts, has historically been insignificant; however, we continue to evaluate the use of hedging instruments to manage market risk. We have not entered into any derivative transactions during the year ended December 31, 2008 and have no outstanding contracts as of December 31, 2008.
 
Foreign Currency Risks
 
We currently do not enter into forward contracts or other instruments to reduce our exposure to foreign currency gains and losses. To the extent possible, we manage our foreign currency exposures by using natural hedging techniques to minimize the foreign currency rate risk.
 
The U.S. dollar is our reporting currency and the functional currency for the majority of our foreign subsidiaries including our largest subsidiaries in Korea and the Philippines and also our subsidiaries in China and Singapore. For our subsidiaries in Japan and Taiwan, the local currency is the functional currency. We have foreign currency exchange rate risk associated with the remeasurement of monetary assets and monetary liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. The most significant foreign denominated monetary asset or liability is our Korean severance obligation which represents approximately 62% of the net monetary exposure. For the year ended December 31, 2008, $45 million of the $61 million foreign currency gain reported in our Consolidated Statements of Operations was related to remeasurement of this severance obligation. We performed a sensitivity analysis of our foreign currency exposure as of December 31, 2008, to assess the potential impact of fluctuations in exchange rates for all foreign denominated assets and liabilities. Assuming a 10% adverse movement for all currencies against the U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2008, our loss before income taxes and minority interests would have been approximately $17.9 million higher.
 
In addition, we have foreign currency exchange rate exposure on our results of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2008, approximately 86% of our net sales were denominated in U.S. dollars. Our remaining net sales were principally denominated in Japanese yen, Korean won and Taiwanese dollars as a result of local country sales. For the year ended December 31, 2008, approximately 63% of our cost of sales and operating expenses were denominated in U.S. dollars and were largely as a result of expenditures for raw materials and factory supplies. The remaining portion of our cost of sales and operating expenses was principally denominated in the Asian currency where our production facilities are located and was largely for labor and utilities. To the extent that the U.S. dollar weakens against these Asian-based currencies, similar foreign currency denominated transactions in the future will result in higher sales and higher operating expenses. Similarly, our sales and operating expenses will decrease if the U.S. dollar strengthens against these foreign currencies. We performed a sensitivity analysis of our foreign currency exposure as of December 31, 2008 to assess the potential impact of fluctuations in exchange rates for all foreign denominated sales and expenses. Assuming a 10% adverse movement from the year ended December 31, 2008 exchange rates of the U.S. dollar compared to all these Asian-based currencies as of December 31, 2008, our operating loss would have been approximately $76.6 million higher.
 
We have foreign currency exchange rate exposure in our stockholders’ equity as a result of the translation of our subsidiaries in Japan and Taiwan where the local currency is the functional currency. To the extent the U.S. dollar strengthens against the Japanese yen and the Taiwanese dollar, the translation of these foreign currency denominated transactions will result in reduced sales, operating expenses, assets and liabilities. Similarly, our sales, operating expenses, assets and liabilities will increase if the U.S. dollar weakens against the Japanese yen and the Taiwanese dollar. The effect of foreign exchange rate translation on our Consolidated Balance Sheet for year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was a net foreign translation gain of $3.8 million and $3.9 million, respectively. The gain was recognized as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity through other comprehensive income.
48

Table of Contents
There are inherent limitations in the sensitivity analysis presented, primarily due to the assumption that foreign exchange rate movements across multiple jurisdictions are similar and would be linear and instantaneous. As a result, the analysis is unable to reflect the potential effects of more complex market or other changes that could arise which may positively or negatively affect our results of operations.
 
Interest Rate Risks
 
We have interest rate risk with respect to our long-term debt. As of December 31, 2008, we had a total of $1,493.4 million of debt of which 82.6% was fixed rate debt and 17.4% was variable rate debt. Our variable rate debt principally relates to our foreign borrowings and any amounts outstanding under our $100.0 million revolving line of credit, of which no amounts were drawn as of December 31, 2008. The fixed rate debt consisted of senior notes, senior subordinated notes and subordinated notes. As of December 31, 2007, we had a total of $1,764.1 million of debt of which 81.8% was fixed rate debt and 18.2% was variable rate debt. Changes in interest rates have different impacts on the fixed and variable rate portions of our debt portfolio. A change in interest rates on the fixed portion of the debt portfolio impacts the fair value of the instrument but has no impact on interest expense or cash flows. A change in interest rates on the variable portion of the debt portfolio impacts the interest incurred and cash flows but does not generally impact the fair value of the instrument. The fair value of the convertible notes is also impacted by changes in the market price of our common stock.
 
The table below presents the interest rates, maturities and fair value of our fixed and variable rate debt as of December 31, 2008.

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	2013	 	 	Thereafter	 	 	Total	 	 	Fair Value	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long term debt:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed rate debt (In thousands)	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	321,207	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	522,000	 	 	$	390,000	 	 	$	1,233,207	 	 	$	730,175	 	
Average interest rate	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	5.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	7.5	%	 	 	9.3	%	 	 	7.5	%	 	 	 	 	
Variable rate debt (In thousands)	 	$	54,609	 	 	$	54,660	 	 	$	43,559	 	 	$	43,041	 	 	$	42,856	 	 	$	21,428	 	 	$	260,153	 	 	$	176,483	 	
Average interest rate	 	 	7.0	%	 	 	7.0	%	 	 	7.9	%	 	 	7.9	%	 	 	7.9	%	 	 	7.9	%	 	 	7.5	%	 	 	 	 	
 
See Note 14 “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for a discussion on the fair valuation of our debt instruments.
 
Equity Price Risks
 
We have convertible notes that are convertible into our common stock. We currently intend to repay our remaining convertible notes upon maturity, unless converted, repurchased or refinanced. If investors were to decide to convert their notes to common stock, our future earnings would benefit from a reduction in interest expense and our common stock outstanding would be increased. If we paid a premium to induce such conversion, our earnings could include an additional charge.
 
Further, the trading price of our common stock has been and is likely to continue to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Such fluctuations could impact our decision or ability to utilize the equity markets as a potential source of our funding needs in the future.
49

Table of Contents
 	 	
Item 8.  	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	
 
We present the information required by Item 8 of Form 10-K here in the following order:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	 	 	51	 	
Consolidated Statements of Operations — Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	 	 	52	 	
Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2008 and 2007	 	 	53	 	
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) — Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	 	 	54	 	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006	 	 	55	 	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	 	 	56	 	
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	 	 	92	 	

50

Table of Contents
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Amkor Technology, Inc.:
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Amkor Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
/s/   PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
February 24, 2009
51

Table of Contents
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	(In thousands, except per share data)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	2,658,602	 	 	$	2,739,445	 	 	$	2,728,560	 	
Cost of sales	 	 	2,096,864	 	 	 	2,057,572	 	 	 	2,053,600	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	 	 	561,738	 	 	 	681,873	 	 	 	674,960	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Selling, general and administrative	 	 	251,756	 	 	 	254,365	 	 	 	251,142	 	
Research and development	 	 	56,227	 	 	 	41,650	 	 	 	38,735	 	
Goodwill impairment	 	 	671,117	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Gain on sale of real estate and specialty test operations	 	 	(9,856	)	 	 	(4,833	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	 	969,244	 	 	 	291,182	 	 	 	289,877	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating (loss) income	 	 	(407,506	)	 	 	390,691	 	 	 	385,083	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other (income) expense:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense, net	 	 	109,980	 	 	 	124,099	 	 	 	154,807	 	
Interest expense, related party	 	 	6,250	 	 	 	6,250	 	 	 	6,477	 	
Foreign currency (gain) loss	 	 	(61,057	)	 	 	8,961	 	 	 	13,255	 	
(Gain) loss on debt retirement, net	 	 	(35,987	)	 	 	15,876	 	 	 	27,389	 	
Other (income) expense, net	 	 	(1,004	)	 	 	668	 	 	 	661	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other expense, net	 	 	18,182	 	 	 	155,854	 	 	 	202,589	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before income taxes and minority interests	 	 	(425,688	)	 	 	234,837	 	 	 	182,494	 	
Income tax expense	 	 	31,788	 	 	 	12,597	 	 	 	11,208	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before minority interests	 	 	(457,476	)	 	 	222,240	 	 	 	171,286	 	
Minority interests, net of tax	 	 	781	 	 	 	(2,376	)	 	 	(1,202	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	$	(456,695	)	 	$	219,864	 	 	$	170,084	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income per common share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	(2.50	)	 	$	1.22	 	 	$	0.96	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	 	$	(2.50	)	 	$	1.11	 	 	$	0.90	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shares used in computing net (loss) income per common share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	182,734	 	 	 	180,597	 	 	 	177,682	 	
Diluted	 	 	182,734	 	 	 	208,767	 	 	 	199,556	 	
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
52

Table of Contents
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
ASSETS	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	424,316	 	 	$	410,070	 	
Restricted cash	 	 	4,880	 	 	 	2,609	 	
Accounts receivable:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade, net of allowances	 	 	259,630	 	 	 	393,493	 	
Other	 	 	14,183	 	 	 	4,938	 	
Inventories	 	 	134,045	 	 	 	149,014	 	
Other current assets	 	 	23,862	 	 	 	27,290	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	 	 	860,916	 	 	 	987,414	 	
Property, plant and equipment, net	 	 	1,473,763	 	 	 	1,455,111	 	
Goodwill	 	 	—	 	 	 	673,385	 	
Intangibles, net	 	 	11,546	 	 	 	20,321	 	
Investments	 	 	—	 	 	 	3,019	 	
Restricted cash	 	 	1,696	 	 	 	1,725	 	
Other assets	 	 	36,072	 	 	 	51,631	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	2,383,993	 	 	$	3,192,606	 	

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt	 	$	54,609	 	 	$	152,489	 	
Trade accounts payable	 	 	241,684	 	 	 	359,313	 	
Accrued expenses	 	 	258,449	 	 	 	165,271	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	 	 	554,742	 	 	 	677,073	 	
Long-term debt	 	 	1,338,751	 	 	 	1,511,570	 	
Long-term debt, related party	 	 	100,000	 	 	 	100,000	 	
Pension and severance obligations	 	 	116,789	 	 	 	208,387	 	
Other non-current liabilities	 	 	30,548	 	 	 	33,935	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities	 	 	2,140,830	 	 	 	2,530,965	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 15) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Minority interests	 	 	6,024	 	 	 	7,022	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000 shares authorized, designated Series A, none issued	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 500,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding of 183,035 in 2008 and 181,799 in 2007	 	 	183	 	 	 	182	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	 	1,496,976	 	 	 	1,482,186	 	
Accumulated deficit	 	 	(1,278,221	)	 	 	(821,526	)	
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	 	 	18,201	 	 	 	(6,223	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ equity	 	 	237,139	 	 	 	654,619	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	 	$	2,383,993	 	 	$	3,192,606	 	

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
53

Table of Contents
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Accumulated
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Other
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Common Stock	 	 	Additional Paid-
	 	 	Accumulated
	 	 	Comprehensive
	 	 	 	 	 	Comprehensive
	 	
 	 	Shares	 	 	Amount	 	 	In Capital	 	 	Deficit	 	 	Income (Loss)	 	 	Total	 	 	Income (Loss)	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2005	 	 	176,733	 	 	$	178	 	 	$	1,431,543	 	 	$	(1,211,474	)	 	$	3,658	 	 	$	223,905	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	170,084	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	170,084	 	 	$	170,084	 	
Unrealized loss on available for sale investments, net of tax	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,717	)	 	 	(1,717	)	 	 	(1,717	)	
Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,677	 	 	 	2,677	 	 	 	2,677	 	
Cumulative translation adjustment	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,155	 	 	 	1,155	 	 	 	1,155	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	172,199	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuance of stock through employee stock purchase plan and stock options	 	 	1,376	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4,976	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4,976	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4,675	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4,675	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS No. 158, net of tax	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(11,835	)	 	 	(11,835	)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2006	 	 	178,109	 	 	 	178	 	 	 	1,441,194	 	 	 	(1,041,390	)	 	 	(6,062	)	 	 	393,920	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	219,864	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	219,864	 	 	$	219,864	 	
Unrealized loss on available for sale investments, net of tax	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,004	)	 	 	(1,004	)	 	 	(1,004	)	
Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	44	 	 	 	44	 	 	 	44	 	
Pension liability adjustments, net of tax	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(3,136	)	 	 	(3,136	)	 	 	(3,136	)	
Cumulative translation adjustment	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3,935	 	 	 	3,935	 	 	 	3,935	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	219,703	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuance of stock through stock options	 	 	3,690	 	 	 	4	 	 	 	37,046	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	37,050	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3,946	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	3,946	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2007	 	 	181,799	 	 	 	182	 	 	 	1,482,186	 	 	 	(821,526	)	 	 	(6,223	)	 	 	654,619	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(456,695	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(456,695	)	 	$	(456,695	)	
Unrealized loss on available for sale investments, net of tax	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(80	)	 	 	(80	)	 	 	(80	)	
Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	80	 	 	 	80	 	 	 	80	 	
Pension liability adjustments, net of tax	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	20,623	 	 	 	20,623	 	 	 	20,623	 	
Cumulative translation adjustment	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	3,801	 	 	 	3,801	 	 	 	3,801	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive loss	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(432,271	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuance of stock through stock options	 	 	1,236	 	 	 	1	 	 	 	10,202	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	10,203	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock compensation	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4,588	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	4,588	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2008	 	 	183,035	 	 	$	183	 	 	$	1,496,976	 	 	$	(1,278,221	)	 	$	18,201	 	 	$	237,139	 	 	 	 	 	

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
54

Table of Contents
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	$	(456,695	)	 	$	219,864	 	 	$	170,084	 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	309,920	 	 	 	283,267	 	 	 	273,845	 	
Goodwill impairment	 	 	671,117	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and discounts	 	 	4,717	 	 	 	5,562	 	 	 	7,558	 	
Provision for accounts receivable	 	 	265	 	 	 	(1,251	)	 	 	(2,585	)	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	8,811	 	 	 	(7,532	)	 	 	(32	)	
(Gain) loss on debt retirement, net	 	 	(35,987	)	 	 	6,876	 	 	 	27,389	 	
Loss on disposal of fixed assets and gain on sale of specialty test operations, net	 	 	2,887	 	 	 	2,602	 	 	 	8,578	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	4,588	 	 	 	3,946	 	 	 	4,675	 	
Other, net	 	 	462	 	 	 	5,728	 	 	 	3,938	 	
Changes in assets and liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable	 	 	144,942	 	 	 	(9,073	)	 	 	2,982	 	
Other receivables	 	 	(9,070	)	 	 	1,063	 	 	 	(106	)	
Inventories	 	 	16,696	 	 	 	15,516	 	 	 	(25,483	)	
Other current assets	 	 	6,155	 	 	 	17,042	 	 	 	(3,226	)	
Other non-current assets	 	 	2,922	 	 	 	1,528	 	 	 	2,252	 	
Accounts payable	 	 	(81,598	)	 	 	9,282	 	 	 	(17,397	)	
Accrued expenses	 	 	92,115	 	 	 	18,083	 	 	 	18,984	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	 	(76,429	)	 	 	30,927	 	 	 	52,174	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	605,818	 	 	 	603,430	 	 	 	523,630	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of property, plant and equipment	 	 	(386,239	)	 	 	(236,240	)	 	 	(315,873	)	
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment and specialty test operations	 	 	15,480	 	 	 	6,909	 	 	 	4,449	 	
Proceeds from sale of securities	 	 	2,460	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Other investing activities	 	 	(3,081	)	 	 	(1,968	)	 	 	(3,373	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	(371,380	)	 	 	(231,299	)	 	 	(314,797	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Borrowings under revolving credit facilities	 	 	619	 	 	 	86,150	 	 	 	233,212	 	
Payments under revolving credit facilities	 	 	(633	)	 	 	(109,296	)	 	 	(237,933	)	
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	 	 	—	 	 	 	300,000	 	 	 	590,000	 	
Payments of long-term debt, net of redemption premiums and discounts	 	 	(233,814	)	 	 	(518,913	)	 	 	(744,392	)	
Payments for debt issuance costs	 	 	—	 	 	 	(3,441	)	 	 	(15,094	)	
Proceeds from issuance of stock through stock compensation plans	 	 	10,203	 	 	 	37,050	 	 	 	4,976	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in financing activities	 	 	(223,625	)	 	 	(208,450	)	 	 	(169,231	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents	 	 	3,433	 	 	 	1,695	 	 	 	(1,483	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	14,246	 	 	 	165,376	 	 	 	38,119	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	 	 	410,070	 	 	 	244,694	 	 	 	206,575	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	 	$	424,316	 	 	$	410,070	 	 	$	244,694	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid during the period for:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest	 	$	121,297	 	 	$	135,964	 	 	$	172,146	 	
Income taxes	 	 	21,997	 	 	 	12,837	 	 	 	8,419	 	
Noncash investing and financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Application of deposit upon closing of acquisition of minority interest	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	17,822	 	
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
55

Table of Contents
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1.  	Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies	
 
Description of Business
 
Amkor is one of the world’s leading subcontractors of semiconductor packaging (sometimes referred to as assembly) and test services. Amkor pioneered the outsourcing of semiconductor packaging and test services through a predecessor in 1968 and over the years we have built a leading position by:

 	• 	Designing and developing new package and test technologies;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Offering a broad portfolio of packaging and test technologies and services;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Cultivating long-standing relationships with original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), technology providers and our customers, which include many of the world’s leading semiconductor companies;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Developing expertise in high-volume manufacturing processes; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	Having a diversified operational scope, with production capabilities in China, Japan, Korea, the Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan and the United States (“U.S.”).	
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Amkor Technology, Inc. and our subsidiaries (“Amkor”). The Consolidated Financial Statements reflect the elimination of all significant inter-company accounts and transactions. Pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”, our investments in variable interest entities in which we are the primary beneficiary are consolidated.
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities
 
We have variable interests in certain Philippine realty corporations in which we have a 40% ownership and from whom we lease land and buildings in the Philippines, for which we are the primary beneficiaries. As of December 31, 2008, the combined book value of the assets and the liabilities associated with these Philippine realty corporations included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet was $19.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The impact of consolidating these variable interest entities on our Consolidated Statements of Operations was not significant and other than our lease payments, we have not provided any significant assistance or other financial support to these variable interest entities for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006. The creditors of the Philippine realty corporations have no recourse to our general credit.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
The U.S. dollar is the functional currency of our subsidiaries in China, Korea, the Philippines and Singapore, and the foreign currency asset and liability amounts at these subsidiaries are remeasured into U.S. dollars at end-of-period exchange rates, except for nonmonetary items which are remeasured at historical rates. Foreign currency income and expenses are remeasured at average exchange rates in effect during the period, except for expenses related to balance sheet amounts remeasured at historical exchange rates. Exchange gains and losses arising from remeasurement of foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities are included in other income (expense) in the period in which they occur.
 
The local currency is the functional currency of our subsidiaries in Japan and Taiwan, and the asset and liability amounts of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at end-of-period exchange rates. Income and expenses
56

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
are translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates in effect during the period. The resulting asset and liability translation adjustments are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the stockholders’ equity section of the balance sheet. Assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are remeasured into the functional currency prior to translation into U.S. dollars and the resulting exchange gains or losses are included in other income (expense) in the period in which they occur.
 
Concentrations and Credit Risk
 
Financial instruments, for which we are subject to credit risk, consist principally of accounts receivable and cash and cash equivalents. With respect to accounts receivable, we mitigate our credit risk by selling primarily to well established companies, performing ongoing credit evaluations and making frequent contact with customers. As a result of the recent financial crisis and tightening of the credit markets, our customers may face issues gaining timely access to sufficient credit, which could impair our customer’s ability to make timely payments to us. We have historically mitigated our credit risk with respect to cash and cash equivalents through diversification of our holdings into various high quality mutual funds and bank deposit accounts. At December 31, 2008, our cash and cash equivalents are invested in U.S. money market funds and various U.S. and foreign bank operating and time deposit accounts.
 
Risks and Uncertainties
 
Our future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect our business or future results and cause actual results to vary materially from historical results include, but are not limited to, the recent global financial crisis including declining conditions in the global economy, dependence on the highly cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, fluctuations in operating results, high fixed costs, our failure to meet guidance, declines in average selling prices, decisions by our integrated device manufacturer customers to curtail outsourcing, our substantial indebtedness, ability to fund liquidity needs, our restrictive covenants contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness, significant severance plan obligations, failure to maintain an effective system of internal controls, product return and liability risks, the absence of significant backlog in our business, our dependence on international operations and sales, our management information systems may prove inadequate, attracting and retaining qualified employees, difficulties consolidating and evolving our operational capabilities, our dependence on materials and equipment suppliers, loss of customers, our need for significant capital expenditures, impairment charges, historical stock option practices, litigation incident to our business, adverse tax consequences, rapid technological change, complexity of packaging and test processes, competition, our need to comply with existing and future environmental regulations, the enforcement of intellectual property rights by or against us, fire, flood or other calamity and continued control by existing stockholders.
 
We believe that our cash flow from operating activities together with existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our working capital, capital expenditure and debt service requirements for at least the next twelve months. Thereafter, our liquidity will continue to be affected by, among other things, volatility in the global economy and credit markets, the performance of our business, our capital expenditure levels and our ability to either repay debt out of operating cash flow or refinance debt at or prior to maturity with the proceeds of debt or equity offerings.
 
We are subject to certain legal proceedings, lawsuits and other claims, as discussed in Note 15. We assess the likelihood of any adverse judgment or outcome related to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses. Our determination of the amount of reserves required, if any, for these contingencies is based on an analysis of each individual issue, often with the assistance of outside legal counsel. We record provisions in our Consolidated Financial Statements for pending litigation when we determine that an unfavorable outcome is probable and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
57

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
We consider all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Our cash and cash equivalents consist of amounts invested in U.S. money market funds and various U.S. and foreign bank operating and time deposit accounts.
 
Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash, current, consists of short-term cash equivalents used to collateralize our daily banking services and foreign trade compliance requirements. Restricted cash, non-current, collateralizes foreign tax obligations.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the weighted moving average method or by standard costing, both of which approximate actual cost. Cost is based on normal capacity utilization, with costs arising from underutilization of capacity expensed when incurred. We reduce the carrying value of our inventories for the cost of inventory we estimate is excess and obsolete based on the age of our inventories and forecasted demand we receive from our customers. When a determination is made that the inventory will not be utilized in production or is not saleable, it is written-off and disposed.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of depreciable assets which are as follows:

Buildings and improvements	 	10 to 25 years	
Machinery and equipment	 	3 to 7 years	
Software and computer equipment	 	3 to 5 years	
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment	 	3 to 10 years	
Land use rights	 	50 years	
 
Cost and accumulated depreciation for property retired or disposed of are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in earnings. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation expense was $299.8 million, $272.8 million and $263.3 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of a long-lived asset group to be held and used in operations is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. If such asset group is considered to be impaired, the impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less the costs of disposal. Impairment losses included in cost of sales on property, plant and equipment were $12.1 million, $7.2 million and $6.5 million for the years ended 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Goodwill and Acquired Intangibles
 
Goodwill is recorded when the cost of an acquisition exceeds the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units which we have determined to be our Packaging and Test operating segments. In recent years, all of our goodwill was in our Packaging reporting unit. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for impairment on an annual basis in the second quarter of each year. We do not have any indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill which was written off at December 31, 2008. We also assess the carrying value of goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
58

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:

 	• 	significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	significant changes in the manner of our use of the asset;	
 	 	 	
 	• 	significant negative industry or economic trends; and	
 	 	 	
 	• 	our market capitalization relative to net book value.	
 
We calculate the fair value of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow model and compare these fair values to the carrying value for each reporting unit. Since separate balance sheets are not maintained for the reporting units, we determine carrying value for each reporting unit by assigning all assets and liabilities based on specific identification where possible and use an allocation method for the remaining items. Determining the fair value of the reporting units requires us to make a number of assumptions and estimates that are highly subjective. Significant assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include expected future revenue growth rates, internal projections of expected future cash flows, operating plans and a discount rate commensurate with the risk involved. Our discount rate is a weighted average cost of capital which reflects current market conditions. In order to further assess the reasonableness of the fair value estimates prepared utilizing the discounted cash flow valuation model, we compare the combined total reporting unit fair values from our model to our market enterprise value which is determined using the quoted market price of our common stock plus an estimate of the fair value of our outstanding debt, net of cash, and a control premium above the quoted market price of our common stock.
 
If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 142,  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS No. 142”) requires a second step to measure the goodwill impairment loss, if any. This step requires a determination of the fair value of all the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities to determine the residual implied value of goodwill. The difference between the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and the carrying amount of that goodwill is recognized as an impairment.
 
We completed our annual impairment analysis during the second quarter of 2008 and determined that no impairment existed as of the date of that analysis. However, we concluded that we needed to perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis at December 31, 2008 for the reasons described in Note 8. We expensed all $671.1 million of the remaining goodwill as of December 31, 2008.
 
Finite-lived intangible assets include customer relationship and supply agreements as well as patents and technology rights and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, generally for periods ranging from 5 to 10 years. We continually evaluate the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets. Finite-lived intangibles are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount many not be recoverable. An impairment loss, if any, would be measured as the excess of the carrying value over the fair value determined by discounted cash flows. Amortization of finite-lived assets was $10.1 million, $10.4 million and $9.6 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Other Non-current Assets
 
Other non-current assets consist principally of deferred income tax assets, deferred debt issuance costs and refundable security deposits.
 
Other Non-current Liabilities
 
Other non-current liabilities consist primarily of customer advance payments, deferred revenue and liabilities associated with uncertain income tax positions. See Note 3 and Note 13 for more information.
59

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consist of the following:

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Unrealized foreign currency translation gains	 	$	12,549	 	 	$	8,748	 	
Unrecognized pension gains (costs)	 	 	5,652	 	 	 	(14,971	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	 	$	18,201	 	 	$	(6,223	)	

The unrecognized pension costs are net of deferred income tax benefits of $0.1 million and $1.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. No income taxes are provided on foreign currency translation gains as foreign earnings are considered permanently invested.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We recognize revenue from our packaging and test services when there is evidence of a fixed arrangement, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, fees are fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Generally these criteria are met and revenue is recognized upon shipment. If the revenue recognition criteria are not met, we defer the revenue. Deferred revenue generally results from two types of transactions; customer advances and invoicing at interim points prior to shipment. Customer advances represent supply agreements with customers where we commit capacity in exchange for customer prepayment of services. These prepayments are deferred and recorded as customer advances within accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities. Deferred revenue also relates to contractual invoicing at interim points prior to the shipment of the finished product. The invoicing that is completed in advance of our revenue recognition criteria being met is recorded as deferred revenue. Such policies are consistent with the provisions in Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104,  Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements.
 
We do not take ownership of customer supplied semiconductor wafers. Title and risk of loss remains with the customer for these materials at all times. Accordingly, the cost of the customer supplied materials is not included in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
An allowance for sales credits is recorded as a reduction to sales and accounts receivable during the period of sale such that accounts receivable is reported at its estimated net realizable value. The allowance for sales credits is an estimate of the future credits we will issue for billing adjustments primarily for invoicing corrections and miscellaneous customer claims and is estimated based upon recent credit issuance, historical experience, as well as specific identification of known or expected sales credits at the end of the reporting period. Additionally, provisions are made for doubtful accounts when there is doubt as to the collectibility of accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded as bad debt expense, classified as selling, general and administrative expense. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon specification of doubtful accounts considering the age of the receivable balance, the customer’s historical payment history and current credit worthiness as well as specific identification of any known or expected collectability issues.
 
Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs
 
Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling are presented in net sales. Costs incurred for shipping and handling are included in cost of sales.
 
Research and Development Costs
 
Research and development expenses include costs attributable to the conduct of research and development programs primarily related to the development of new package designs and improving the efficiency and
60

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
capabilities of our existing production processes. Such costs include salaries, payroll taxes, employee benefit costs, materials, supplies, depreciation on and maintenance of research equipment, fees under licensing agreements, services provided by outside contractors and the allocable portions of facility costs such as rent, utilities, insurance, repairs and maintenance, depreciation and general support services. All costs associated with research and development are expensed as incurred.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is provided for those deferred tax assets for which it is more likely than not that the related benefits will not be realized.
 
In determining the amount of the valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence of realization, as well as feasible tax planning strategies, in each taxing jurisdiction. If all or a portion of the remaining deferred tax assets will not be realized, the valuation allowance will be increased with a charge to income tax expense. Conversely, if we will ultimately be able to utilize all or a portion of the deferred tax assets for which a valuation allowance has been provided, the related portion of the valuation allowance will be released to income as a credit to income tax expense. We monitor on an ongoing basis our ability to utilize our deferred tax assets and the continuing need for a related valuation allowance. At December 31, 2008, we have recorded a valuation allowance for a substantial portion of our deferred tax assets.
 
We have adopted FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109  (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 requires that we recognize in our Consolidated Financial Statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. See Note 3 for more information.
 
New Accounting Standards
 
Recently Adopted Standards
 
In December 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8,  Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities . FSP No. FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 amends SFAS No. 140 and FIN 46(R) to enhance disclosures regarding transfers of financial assets and interests in variable interest entities. We adopted FSP No. FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 as of December 31, 2008. The adoption of No. FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 increased our disclosures in the financial statements related to our interests in certain Philippine realty corporations that are consolidated in our financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities  (“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value, and establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between entities that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 159 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 159 on January 1, 2008, and have elected not to measure any of our current eligible financial assets or liabilities at fair value.
61

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans an amendment of SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions, SFAS No. 88, Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and Termination Benefits, SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions, and SFAS No. 132(R), Employers’ Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits  (“SFAS No. 158”). SFAS No. 158 requires the recognition of the funded status of a defined benefit pension plan (other than a multi-employer plan) as an asset or liability in the statement of financial position and the recognition of changes in the funded status through comprehensive income in the year in which such changes occur. We adopted the recognition provisions of SFAS No. 158 and initially applied those to the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2006. In addition, SFAS No. 158 requires that the funded status of a plan be measured as of the date of the year-end statement of financial position for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”), and in February 2008, the FASB amended SFAS No. 157 by issuing FSP FAS 157-1,  Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13,  and FSP FAS 157-2,  Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (collectively “SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure of fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is applicable to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, except those relating to lease accounting, and accordingly does not require any new fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 was effective for financial assets and liabilities in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and for non-financial assets and liabilities in fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. Our adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 157 on January 1, 2008, with respect to financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value, did not have a material impact on our fair value measurements or our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008, including the measurement of the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2008. In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-3,  Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset is Not Active  (“FSP FAS 157-3”). FSP FAS 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. FSP FAS 157-3 became effective immediately upon issuance, and its adoption did not have an effect on our financial statements. We currently determine the fair value our property, plant, and equipment when assessing long-lived asset impairments and SFAS No. 157 will be effective for these fair value assessments as of January 1, 2009.
 
Recently Issued Standards
 
In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP SFAS No. 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets . FSP SFAS No. 132(R)-1 amends SFAS No. 132(R), Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, and 106 , to enhance the required disclosures regarding plan assets in an employer’s defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan, including investment allocation decisions, inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets and significant concentrations of risks within plan assets. The disclosure requirement under FSP SFAS No. 132(R)-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The adoption of FSP SFAS No. 132(R)-1 will require additional disclosures in the financial statements related to the assets of our defined benefit pension plans.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement)  (“FSP No. APB 14-1”). FSP No. APB 14-1 applies to convertible debt instruments that, by their stated terms, may be settled in cash (or other assets) upon conversion, including partial cash settlement, unless the embedded conversion option is required to be separately accounted for as a derivative. FSP No. APB 14-1 specifies that issuers of convertible debt instruments should separately account for the liability and equity components in a manner that will reflect the entity’s nonconvertible
62

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
debt borrowing rate when interest cost is recognized in subsequent periods. FSP No. APB 14-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Our convertible debt will continue to be accounted for under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 14,  Accounting for Convertible Debt and Debt Issued with Stock Warrants (as amended)  and the adoption of FSP No. APB 14-1 will have no impact on our financial statements.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 142-3, Determination of Useful Life of Intangible Assets (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142. FSP FAS 142-3 also requires expanded disclosures related to the determination of intangible asset useful lives. This standard applies prospectively to intangible assets acquired and/or recognized on or after January 1, 2009. We do not expect FSP FAS 142-3 to have a material impact on our financial statements.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133  (“SFAS No. 161”). SFAS No. 161 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. SFAS No. 161 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, we have not entered into any derivative transactions.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements  (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 160 requires (1) that non-controlling (minority) interests be reported as a component of stockholders’ equity, (2) that net income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interest be separately identified in the consolidated statement of operations, (3) that changes in a parent’s ownership interest while the parent retains its controlling interest be accounted for as equity transactions, (4) that any retained non-controlling equity investment upon the deconsolidation of a subsidiary be initially measured at fair value and (5) that sufficient disclosures are provided that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the non-controlling owners. SFAS No. 160 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Upon adoption in 2009, minority interests currently reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheets will be reported as a component of stockholders’ equity. In addition, earnings or losses attributable to the minority interests will no longer be combined and reported with our operating results in the Consolidated Statements of Operations but rather separately disclosed.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS No. 141(R) will significantly change the accounting for business combinations. Under SFAS 141(R), an acquiring entity will be required to recognize all the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the acquisition-date fair value with limited exceptions. SFAS No. 141(R) will change the accounting treatment for certain specific acquisition related items including: (1) expensing acquisition related costs as incurred; (2) valuing noncontrolling interests at fair value at the acquisition date of a controlling interest; and (3) expensing restructuring costs associated with an acquired business. SFAS No. 141(R) also includes a substantial number of new disclosure requirements. SFAS No. 141(R) is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after January 1, 2009. SFAS No. 141(R) will have an impact on our accounting for any future business combinations once adopted.

2.  	Stock Compensation Plans	
 
We account for our stock option plans in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123(R)”). SFAS No. 123(R) requires that all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, be measured at fair value and expensed over the service period (generally the vesting period). We transitioned to SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective method whereby compensation is
63

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
recognized under SFAS No. 123(R) beginning January 1, 2006 and thereafter, with prior periods’ stock-based compensation still determined pursuant to Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) No. 25,  Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees  (“APB No. 25”). The SEC issued SAB No. 107 (“SAB 107”) relating to SFAS 123(R), and we applied the provisions of SAB 107 in our adoption of SFAS 123(R). Compensation expense is measured and recognized as follows:
 
Awards granted after December 31, 2005 — Awards are measured at their fair value at the date of grant under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) with the resulting compensation expense recognized ratably over the service period which is generally the vesting period of the award.
 
Awards granted prior to December 31, 2005 — Awards were measured at their fair value at the date of original grant under the original provisions of SFAS 123. Compensation expense associated with the unvested portion of these options at January 1, 2006 is recognized ratably over the service period which is generally the remaining vesting period of the award.
 
For all grants, the amount of compensation expense to be recognized is adjusted for an estimated forfeiture rate which is based on historical data.
 
The following table presents stock-based compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations:

 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of sales	 	$	823	 	 	$	1,343	 	 	$	2,470	 	
Selling, general, and administrative	 	 	3,087	 	 	 	2,603	 	 	 	2,753	 	
Research and development	 	 	678	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock-based compensation expense	 	$	4,588	 	 	$	3,946	 	 	$	5,223	 	

For the year ended December 31, 2006, stock-based compensation expense included $0.5 million of cash payments as a result of an offer to amend discussed in more detail below.
 
Stock Option Plans
 
Stock options are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the stock at the date of grant. Substantially all of the options granted are generally exercisable pursuant to a two to five-year vesting schedule and the term of the options granted is no longer than ten years.
 
2007 Equity Incentive Plan.  On August 6, 2007, the shareholders approved the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, (the “2007 Plan”) that provides for the grant of the following types of incentive awards: (i) stock options, (ii) restricted stock, (iii) restricted stock units, (iv) stock appreciation rights, (v) performance units and performance shares and (vi) other stock or cash awards. Those eligible for awards include employees, directors and consultants who provide services to Amkor and its parent or subsidiaries. The effective date of this plan was January 1, 2008, and there were originally 17,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
 
2003 Nonstatutory Inducement Grant Stock Plan.  On September 9, 2003, we initiated the 2003 Nonstatutory Inducement Grant Stock Plan (the “2003 Plan”). The 2003 Plan generally provides for the grant to employees, directors and consultants of stock options and stock purchase rights and is generally used as an inducement benefit for the purpose of retaining new employees. There is a provision for an annual replenishment to bring the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the plan up to 300,000 as of each January 1.
64

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
1998 Director Option Plan.  The Director Plan terminated in January 2008. The option grants under the Director Plan were automatic and non-discretionary. Each option granted to a non-employee director vests over a three-year period.
 
1998 Stock Plan.  The 1998 Stock Plan terminated in January 2008. The 1998 Stock Plan generally provided for grants to employees, directors and consultants of stock options and stock purchase rights. The options granted vest over a two to five year-period.
 
A summary of the stock option plans and the respective plan termination dates and shares available for grant as of December 31, 2008 is shown below.

 	 	2007 Equity
	 	2003
	
Stock Option Plans	 	Incentive Plan	 	Inducement Plan	
 	 	 	 	 	
Contractual life (years)	 	10	 	10	
Plan termination date	 	Board of Directors
Discretion	 	Board of Directors
Discretion	
Shares available for grant at December 31, 2008	 	16,425,000	 	421,700	
 
In the fourth quarter of 2006, we extended an offer to amend the exercise price of certain options that were granted at a discount from fair market value as the holder may be subject to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code. For each of the 735,000 options held by the 260 individuals accepting our offer to amend their options, a cash payment was made in January 2007 for the difference between the new exercise price per share of the amended option and the original exercise price per share. We recognized $0.5 million in compensation expense in 2006 related to this offer.
 
In order to calculate the fair value of stock options at the date of grant, we used the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on historical performance of our stock. We also use historical data to estimate the timing and amount of option exercises and forfeitures within the valuation model. The expected term of the options is based on evaluations of historical and expected future employee exercise behavior and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.
 
The following assumptions were used to calculate weighted average fair values of the options granted:

 	 	For the Year Ended
	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Expected life (in years)	 	 	6.0	 	 	 	6.3	 	 	 	5.8	 	
Risk-free interest rate	 	 	3.3	%	 	 	4.1	%	 	 	4.6	%	
Volatility	 	 	77	%	 	 	80	%	 	 	78	%	
Dividend yield	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Weighted average grant date fair value per option granted	 	$	7.85	 	 	$	6.46	 	 	$	4.82	 	

65

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The following is a summary of all option activity for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted Average
	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	Weighted Average
	 	 	Remaining
	 	 	Aggregate
	 	
 	 	Number of
	 	 	Exercise Price
	 	 	Contractual Term
	 	 	Intrinsic
	 	
 	 	Shares	 	 	per Share	 	 	(Years)	 	 	Value	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding at December 31, 2007	 	 	11,907,234	 	 	$	10.24	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Granted	 	 	575,000	 	 	 	11.46	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exercised	 	 	(1,236,699	)	 	 	8.25	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Forfeited or expired	 	 	(1,964,070	)	 	 	11.12	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding at December 31, 2008	 	 	9,281,465	 	 	 	10.39	 	 	 	5.06	 	 	$	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Exercisable at December 31, 2008	 	 	7,570,135	 	 	 	10.57	 	 	 	4.18	 	 	$	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fully vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2008	 	 	8,992,807	 	 	 	10.42	 	 	 	4.94	 	 	$	—	 	

The intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $4.1 million, $12.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
 
Total unrecognized compensation expense from stock options, excluding any forfeiture estimate, was $10.4 million as of December 31, 2008, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.37 years beginning January 1, 2009.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, cash received under all share-based payment arrangements was $10.2 million, $37.1 million and $5.0 million, respectively. There was no tax benefit realized. The related cash receipts are included in financing activities in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP).  A total of 1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for sale under the ESPP annually until the plan was terminated in April 2006. For the year ended December 31, 2006, we issued 999,981 at an average fair value of $2.78.
 
We valued our ESPP purchase rights using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which incorporated the assumptions noted in the table below. The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 	 	For the Year
	 	
 	 	Ended
	 	
 	 	December 31,
	 	
 	 	2006	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Expected life (in years)	 	 	0.5	 	
Risk-free interest rate	 	 	4.8	%	
Volatility	 	 	66	%	
Dividend yield	 	 	—	 	

3.  	Income Taxes	
 
Geographic sources of income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests are as follows:

 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	(19,141	)	 	$	(4,728	)	 	$	(49,187	)	
Foreign	 	 	(406,547	)	 	 	239,565	 	 	 	231,681	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests	 	$	(425,688	)	 	$	234,837	 	 	$	182,494	 	

66

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and foreign taxes currently payable and those deferred because of temporary differences between the financial statement and the tax bases of assets and liabilities.
 
The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	 	$	272	 	 	$	(63	)	 	$	(406	)	
State	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Foreign	 	 	22,705	 	 	 	20,192	 	 	 	11,646	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	22,977	 	 	 	20,129	 	 	 	11,240	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
State	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Foreign	 	 	8,811	 	 	 	(7,532	)	 	 	(32	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	8,811	 	 	 	(7,532	)	 	 	(32	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total provision	 	$	31,788	 	 	$	12,597	 	 	$	11,208	 	

The reconciliation between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35% and our income tax provision is as follows:

 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Expected federal tax at 35%	 	$	(148,951	)	 	$	82,176	 	 	$	63,873	 	
State taxes, net of federal benefit	 	 	843	 	 	 	(1,007	)	 	 	6,077	 	
Foreign income taxed at different rates	 	 	10,503	 	 	 	(59,188	)	 	 	(61,413	)	
Foreign exchange (gain) loss	 	 	(54,238	)	 	 	(3,898	)	 	 	3,589	 	
Goodwill impairment	 	 	231,185	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Expiration of capital loss carryforward	 	 	34,518	 	 	 	51,227	 	 	 	—	 	
Change in valuation allowance	 	 	(29,165	)	 	 	(29,123	)	 	 	(23,677	)	
Adjustments related to prior years	 	 	(12,555	)	 	 	(20,689	)	 	 	(2,066	)	
Income tax credits generated	 	 	(3,312	)	 	 	(6,537	)	 	 	(9,388	)	
Repatriation of foreign earnings and profits	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	33,203	 	
Other permanent differences	 	 	2,960	 	 	 	(364	)	 	 	1,010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	31,788	 	 	$	12,597	 	 	$	11,208	 	

At December 31, 2008, we recorded a $671.1 million goodwill impairment charge which did not have a significant income tax benefit.
67

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following is a summary of the components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net operating loss carryforwards	 	$	150,335	 	 	$	159,915	 	
Capital loss carryforwards	 	 	40,934	 	 	 	57,232	 	
Income tax credits	 	 	14,337	 	 	 	18,351	 	
Investments	 	 	—	 	 	 	18,148	 	
Property, plant and equipment	 	 	18,600	 	 	 	13,736	 	
Accrued liabilities	 	 	23,355	 	 	 	29,336	 	
Unrealized foreign exchange loss	 	 	14,110	 	 	 	6,874	 	
Other	 	 	20,833	 	 	 	24,489	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax assets	 	 	282,504	 	 	 	328,081	 	
Valuation allowance	 	 	(261,613	)	 	 	(291,042	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance	 	 	20,891	 	 	 	37,039	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property, plant and equipment	 	 	5,210	 	 	 	8,610	 	
Other	 	 	3,005	 	 	 	7,451	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax liabilities	 	 	8,215	 	 	 	16,061	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred tax assets	 	$	12,676	 	 	$	20,978	 	

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, current deferred tax assets of $6.4 million and $7.7 million, respectively, are included in other current assets and non-current deferred tax assets of $8.3 million and $16.1 million, respectively, are included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. In addition, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, current deferred tax liabilities of $0.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively, are included in other current liabilities and non-current deferred tax liabilities of $1.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively, are included in other non-current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
In 2008, the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets decreased by $29.4 million primarily as a result of a $34.5 million decrease associated with the expiration of U.S. capital loss carryforwards partially offset by an increase of $8.3 million for a valuation allowance established against certain Japanese deferred tax assets.
 
In 2007, the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets decreased by $37.0 million primarily as a result of a $51.2 million decrease associated with the expiration of U.S. capital loss carryforwards and a $17.8 million decrease associated with the use of all remaining net operating loss carryforwards and the release of the valuation allowance on all deferred tax assets at our largest subsidiary in Taiwan because of sustained profitability. In addition, deferred tax assets of $7.6 million and a related valuation allowance of the same amount were reduced in 2007 in connection with the adoption of FIN 48. These decreases in our valuation allowance in 2007 were partially offset by an increase of $32.9 million on deferred tax assets recorded in 2007 in certain foreign jurisdictions that we presently forecast will become tax deductions beyond our tax holiday periods. We provided a full valuation allowance on these deferred tax assets primarily because we do not have sufficient positive evidence that it is more likely than not we will realize these tax benefits.
 
In 2006, the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets decreased by $23.9 million, primarily as a result of a $14.5 million benefit relating to the utilization of U.S. net operating loss carryforwards and a $6.4 million benefit relating to the utilization of Taiwanese net operating loss carryforwards. In 2006, current earnings and profits of our
68

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
wholly-owned subsidiary in the Philippines was considered a deemed dividend for U.S. tax purposes resulting in the use of U.S. net operating loss carryforwards which had no incremental effect on our consolidated provision.
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the valuation allowance includes approximately $21.4 million and $24.7 million, respectively, relating to the tax benefits of pre-acquisition net operating losses and credits. In 2008, we reduced goodwill by approximately $1.7 million due to the utilization of pre-acquisition net operating losses in a Taiwan subsidiary. After December 31, 2008, the change in valuation allowance as a result of any additional realization of pre-acquisition net operating losses and credits will reduce income tax expense rather than goodwill and non-current intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , as amended by SFAS No. 141(R).
 
At December 31, 2008, the valuation allowance includes amounts relating to tax benefits of tax deductions associated with employee stock options. If these benefits are subsequently realized, they will be recorded to contributed capital in the amount of $7.0 million. As a result of net operating loss carryforwards, we were not able to recognize the windfall tax benefits of stock option deductions in 2008 because the deductions did not reduce income tax payable.
 
As a result of certain capital investments, export commitments and employment levels, income from operations in Korea, the Philippines, China, Singapore and Taiwan is subject to reduced tax rates, and in some cases is exempt from income taxes. In Korea, we have tax holidays resulting from our investment in the Kwangju, Seoul and Pupyong facilities. The Kwangju tax holiday provides a 100% tax exemption through 2010, followed by a 50% exemption through 2013. The Seoul and Pupyong tax holiday provides a 100% tax exemption through 2011, followed by a 50% exemption through 2014. After the holidays expire we will be subject to the Korean statutory rate which is currently 22.0% for 2010 and beyond. In the Philippines, our operating locations operate in economic zones and in exchange for tax holidays on qualified products, we have committed to certain capital investment levels. For 2005 through 2008, qualifying Philippine operations benefited from a full tax holiday, expiring at various times through 2013, while the remaining operations benefited from a perpetual reduced tax rate of 5%. As a result of our 2001 investment in China, we expect to benefit from a 100% tax holiday for two years and then a 50% tax holiday for an additional three years. The tax holiday in China commenced on January 1, 2008. In October 2006, we were granted a ten year pioneer incentive award by the Singapore Economic Development Board. Singapore operations will benefit from a 100% tax holiday for up to ten years, beginning on January 1, 2007. We were granted a five year tax holiday on certain product lines in Taiwan beginning January 1, 2007. As a result of the net operating losses incurred by our foreign subsidiaries subject to tax holidays, we did not realize any benefits relating to such tax holidays in 2008, 2007 or 2006 in China, Korea and Singapore. In 2008 and 2007, our Philippines operations recognized $2.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively, in tax benefits and our Taiwan operations recognized $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively, in tax benefits as a result of the tax holiday on certain qualifying operations.
 
At December 31, 2008, we have U.S. and state net operating losses available to be carried forward totaling $343.2 million and $239.6 million, respectively, expiring in varying amounts through 2028. Additionally, as of December 31, 2008, our foreign operations have $83.1 million of net operating losses available for carryforward expiring in varying amounts through 2015. The deferred tax assets associated with $72.6 million of the foreign losses have been reserved with a valuation allowance. We also have U.S. capital loss carryforwards of $102.3 million which will expire in varying amounts in 2009 and 2013. U.S. capital loss carryforwards of $86.3 million and $128.1 million expired as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The deferred tax assets associated with our U.S. and state net operating losses and capital losses available for carryforward have been fully reserved with a valuation allowance at December 31, 2008 and 2007. Also, our ability to utilize our U.S. net operating and capital loss carryforwards may be limited in the future if we experience an ownership change as defined by the Internal Revenue Code.
 
At December 31, 2008, we have various tax credits available to be carried forward including U.S foreign income tax credits totaling $8.1 million, expiring in 2016 and Taiwanese income tax credits in Unitive
69

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Semiconductor Taiwan (“UST”) totaling $8.0 million expiring in varying amounts through 2012. The deferred tax assets associated with the U.S. foreign income tax credits and the Taiwanese income tax credits in UST have been reserved with a valuation allowance.
 
Income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries (approximately $569.0 million at December 31, 2008) over which we have sufficient influence to control the distribution of such earnings and have determined that such earnings have been reinvested indefinitely. These earnings could become subject to either or both federal income tax and foreign withholding tax if they are remitted as dividends, if foreign earnings are loaned to any of our domestic subsidiaries, or if we sell our investment in such subsidiaries. We estimate that repatriation of these foreign earnings would generate additional foreign withholding taxes of approximately $83.5 million. There would be no U.S. federal income tax because undistributed foreign earnings in excess of our U.S. net operating losses would be offset by foreign tax credits.
 
We operate in and file income tax returns in various U.S. and foreign jurisdictions which are subject to examination by tax authorities. We remain subject to examination for years after 2005 in Japan, for years after 2004 in the U.S. (Federal) and the Philippines, for years after 2003 in China, Singapore, and Taiwan and for years after 2002 in Korea. Our tax returns for open years in all jurisdictions are subject to changes upon examination.
 
We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. We recognized no cumulative effect of the adoption of FIN 48 to the opening balance of retained earnings as a result of the implementation of FIN 48. The gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits upon adoption of FIN 48 was $11.8 million. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2008 is as follows:

 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at January 1, 2008	 	$	17,663	 	
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year	 	 	5,341	 	
Additions for tax positions of prior years	 	 	1,673	 	
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	 	 	(3,341	)	
Reductions from lapse of statutes of limitations	 	 	(416	)	
 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2008	 	$	20,920	 	

Our unrecognized tax benefits include amounts that, if recognized, would increase deferred tax assets subject to a valuation allowance. Accordingly, these uncertain tax benefits, if recognized, would not affect the effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2008, our liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits was $20.9 million of which $7.6 million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.
 
The FIN 48 liability is $10.4 million as of December 31, 2008 and is reported as a component of other non-current liabilities. This liability does not generally represent future cash payments because of the interaction with other tax attributes available such as net operating loss or tax credit carryforwards. The unrecognized tax benefits in the table above include the reduction of deferred tax assets, which are not included in the FIN 48 liability.
 
It is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease within 12 months due to statutes of limitations expiring in certain jurisdictions which would decrease our unrecognized tax benefits related to revenue attribution by up to $1.7 million.
 
We have recognized $0.1 million of interest and penalties in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 in connection with our unrecognized tax benefits. Interest and penalties are classified as income taxes in the financial statements. The total amount of interest and penalties included in other non-current liabilities in connection with our unrecognized tax benefits is $0.4 million as of December 31, 2008.
 
Our unrecognized tax benefits are subject to change as examinations of specific tax years are completed in the respective jurisdictions. We believe that any taxes, or related interest and penalties, over the amounts accrued, will not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, nor do we expect that
70

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
examinations to be completed in the near term would have a material favorable impact. However, tax return examinations involve uncertainties and there can be no assurances that the outcome of examinations will be favorable.

4.  	Earnings Per Share	
 
Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS adjusts net income and the outstanding shares for the dilutive effect of stock options and convertible debt. The basic and diluted EPS amounts are the same for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a result of the potentially dilutive securities being antidilutive due to a net loss. The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted EPS:

 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income — basic	 	$	(456,695	)	 	$	219,864	 	 	$	170,084	 	
Adjustment for dilutive securities on net income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest on 2.5% convertible notes due 2011, net of tax	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,357	 	 	 	2,823	 	
Interest on 6.25% convertible notes due 2013, net of tax	 	 	—	 	 	 	6,310	 	 	 	6,477	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income — diluted	 	$	(456,695	)	 	$	231,531	 	 	$	179,384	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average shares outstanding — basic	 	 	182,734	 	 	 	180,597	 	 	 	177,682	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock options	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,796	 	 	 	674	 	
2.5% convertible notes due 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	13,023	 	 	 	7,849	 	
6.25% convertible notes due 2013	 	 	—	 	 	 	13,351	 	 	 	13,351	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted	 	 	182,734	 	 	 	208,767	 	 	 	199,556	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income per common share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	(2.50	)	 	$	1.22	 	 	$	0.96	 	
Diluted	 	 	(2.50	)	 	 	1.11	 	 	 	0.90	 	
 
The following table summarizes the potential shares of common stock that were excluded from diluted EPS, because the effect of including these potential shares was antidilutive:

 	 	For the Year Ended
	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock options	 	 	9,281	 	 	 	5,092	 	 	 	13,275	 	
6.25% convertible notes due 2013	 	 	13,351	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
2.5% convertible notes due 2011	 	 	12,238	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
5.0% convertible notes due 2007	 	 	—	 	 	 	504	 	 	 	2,517	 	
5.75% convertible notes due 2006	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,571	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total potentially dilutive shares	 	 	34,870	 	 	 	5,596	 	 	 	17,363	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock options excluded from diluted EPS because the exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares	 	 	7,230	 	 	 	5,092	 	 	 	13,275	 	

71

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

5.  	Accounts Receivable, Trade	
 
Accounts receivable, trade consists of the following:

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable	 	$	264,745	 	 	$	399,032	 	
Allowance for sales credits	 	 	(4,281	)	 	 	(4,863	)	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	 	 	(834	)	 	 	(676	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total accounts receivable trade, net of allowances	 	$	259,630	 	 	$	393,493	 	

 	 	
6.  	Inventories	
 
Inventories consist of the following:

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Raw materials and purchased components	 	$	110,713	 	 	$	109,283	 	
Work-in-process	 	 	23,332	 	 	 	39,731	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total inventories	 	$	134,045	 	 	$	149,014	 	

 	 	
7.  	Property, Plant and Equipment	
 
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Land	 	$	104,887	 	 	$	110,568	 	
Land use rights	 	 	19,945	 	 	 	19,945	 	
Buildings and improvements	 	 	828,108	 	 	 	800,507	 	
Machinery and equipment	 	 	2,384,342	 	 	 	2,221,954	 	
Software and computer equipment	 	 	150,349	 	 	 	132,924	 	
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment	 	 	28,385	 	 	 	29,382	 	
Construction in progress	 	 	29,503	 	 	 	20,441	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	3,545,519	 	 	 	3,335,721	 	
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	 	 	(2,071,756	)	 	 	(1,880,610	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total property, plant and equipment, net	 	$	1,473,763	 	 	$	1,455,111	 	

72

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table reconciles our activity related to property, plant and equipment purchases as presented on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows to property, plant and equipment additions reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of property, plant and equipment	 	$	386,239	 	 	$	236,240	 	 	$	315,873	 	
Net change in related accounts payable and deposits	 	 	(44,505	)	 	 	57,636	 	 	 	(16,850	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property, plant and equipment additions	 	$	341,734	 	 	$	293,876	 	 	$	299,023	 	

 	 	
8.  	Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets	
 
The change in the carrying value of goodwill, all of which relates to our packaging services segment, is as follows:

 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2006	 	$	671,900	 	
Goodwill acquired	 	 	782	 	
Translation adjustments	 	 	703	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2007	 	 	673,385	 	
Pre-acquistion tax benefit adjustment	 	 	(1,700	)	
Translation adjustments	 	 	(568	)	
Impairment	 	 	(671,117	)	
 	 	 	 	 	
Balance as of December 31, 2008	 	$	—	 	

At December 31, 2008, we recorded a goodwill impairment of $671.1 million. We completed our annual impairment analysis during the second quarter of 2008 and determined that no impairment existed as of the date of that analysis. Based upon a combination of factors, including a significant and sustained decline since the end of the third quarter of 2008 in our market capitalization below our carrying value of net assets and the deteriorating macro-economic environment which resulted in a significant decline in our net sales in the three months ended December 31, 2008, we concluded that sufficient indicators existed to require us to perform an interim goodwill impairment analysis at December 31, 2008. Accordingly, we performed an interim first step of our goodwill impairment test using a discounted cash flow model and determined that the carrying value of the packaging reporting unit exceeded its fair value, indicating a goodwill impairment existed.
 
We then performed a second step of the impairment assessment to determine the implied fair value of goodwill. The result of our valuation indicated that there was no remaining implied value attributable to goodwill in our packaging segment and accordingly, we expensed all $671.1 million of the remaining goodwill as of December 31, 2008. As part of our goodwill impairment testing, we engaged a third party to provide valuation consulting services to assist us in validating our analysis.
 
In March 2007, we increased goodwill by $0.8 million for additional consideration paid with respect to an earn-out provision in connection with our investment in UST. During 2008, we recognized a tax benefit of $1.7 million associated with the utilization of acquired foreign net operating loss carryforwards and reduced goodwill.
73

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

Intangibles as of December 31, 2008 consist of the following:

 	 	 	 	 	Accumulated
	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Gross	 	 	Amortization	 	 	Net	 	
 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Patents and technology rights	 	$	76,246	 	 	$	(67,304	)	 	$	8,942	 	
Supply agreements	 	 	8,858	 	 	 	(6,254	)	 	 	2,604	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total intangibles	 	$	85,104	 	 	$	(73,558	)	 	$	11,546	 	

Intangibles as of December 31, 2007 consist of the following:

 	 	 	 	 	Accumulated
	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Gross	 	 	Amortization	 	 	Net	 	
 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Patents and technology rights	 	$	75,532	 	 	$	(59,049	)	 	$	16,483	 	
Supply agreements	 	 	8,858	 	 	 	(5,020	)	 	 	3,838	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total intangibles	 	$	84,390	 	 	$	(64,069	)	 	$	20,321	 	

Amortization of identifiable intangible assets was $10.1 million, $10.4 million and $9.6 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Based on the amortizing assets recognized in our balance sheet at December 31, 2008, amortization for each of the next five fiscal years is estimated as follows:

 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
2009	 	$	5,120	 	
2010	 	 	2,789	 	
2011	 	 	1,032	 	
2012	 	 	889	 	
2013	 	 	763	 	
Thereafter	 	 	953	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Total amortization	 	$	11,546	 	

 	 	
9.  	Investments	
 
We sold our entire investment in marketable securities of Dongbu Hitek Co., Ltd. (ownership of less than 1% at December 31, 2007) in April 2008 for $2.5 million in cash. Upon sale we recognized a charge of $0.5 million, which is included in other (income) expense, net. We also recognized impairment charges of $2.7 million and $3.2 million related to our Dongbu Hitek investment in 2007 and 2006, respectively. These impairment charges are included in other (income) expense, net and were recognized as we believed the related decline in value, determined by quoted prices in active markets, was other than temporary.

10.  	Accrued Expenses	
 
Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Payroll and benefits	 	$	70,897	 	 	$	73,169	 	
Accrued royalties (Note 15)	 	 	61,381	 	 	 	—	 	
Accrued severance plan obligations (Note 12)	 	 	31,584	 	 	 	—	 	
Customer advances and deferred revenue	 	 	28,672	 	 	 	31,189	 	
Accrued interest	 	 	20,354	 	 	 	21,138	 	
Income taxes payable	 	 	9,287	 	 	 	9,933	 	
Other accrued expenses	 	 	36,274	 	 	 	29,842	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total accrued expenses	 	$	258,449	 	 	$	165,271	 	

74

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
In accordance with Korean severance plan regulations, employers may pay employees earned benefits prior to terminating their employment. As a result of a weakening global economy, we have made reductions in labor costs by lowering compensation and shortening work weeks. To mitigate the impact on our employees in Korea and reduce our long-term commitments, we paid $31.6 million of interim benefits in January 2009 using cash on hand. (See Note 12).
 
Accrued royalties represent unpaid royalties owed for the resolution of a patent license dispute which was paid in February 2009 (see Note 15).

11.  	Debt	
 
Following is a summary of short-term borrowings and long-term debt:

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Debt of Amkor Technology, Inc.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Senior secured credit facilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
$100 million revolving credit facility, LIBOR plus 1.5% — 2.25%, due November 2009	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	
Senior notes: 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
7.125% Senior notes due March 2011	 	 	209,641	 	 	 	249,112	 	
7.75% Senior notes due May 2013	 	 	422,000	 	 	 	422,000	 	
9.25% Senior notes due June 2016	 	 	390,000	 	 	 	390,000	 	
9.25% Senior notes due February 2008	 	 	—	 	 	 	88,206	 	
Senior subordinated notes: 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2.5% Convertible senior subordinated notes due May 2011	 	 	111,566	 	 	 	190,000	 	
Subordinated notes:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
6.25% Convertible subordinated notes due December 2013, related party	 	 	100,000	 	 	 	100,000	 	
Debt of subsidiaries:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Secured term loans:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Term loan, Taiwan 90-Day Commercial Paper primary market rate plus 1.2%, due November 2010	 	 	22,310	 	 	 	33,938	 	
Term loan, bank base rate plus 0.5% due April 2014	 	 	235,708	 	 	 	278,564	 	
Secured equipment and property financing	 	 	2,135	 	 	 	6,859	 	
Term loan, Taiwan 90-Day Commercial Paper secondary market rate plus 2.25% due June 20, 2008	 	 	—	 	 	 	5,380	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	1,493,360	 	 	 	1,764,059	 	
Less: Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt	 	 	(54,609	)	 	 	(152,489	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt (including related party)	 	$	1,438,751	 	 	$	1,611,570	 	

Debt of Amkor Technology Inc.
 
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
 
In November 2005, we entered into a $100.0 million first lien revolving credit facility available through November 2009, with a letter of credit sub-limit of $25.0 million. Interest is charged under the credit facility at a floating rate based on the base rate in effect from time to time plus the applicable margins which range from 0.0% to 0.5% for base rate revolving loans, or LIBOR plus 1.5% to 2.25% for LIBOR revolving loans. The LIBOR-based
75

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
interest rate at December 31, 2008 was 2.93%; however, no borrowings were outstanding on this credit facility. As of December 31, 2008, we had utilized $0.5 million of the available letter of credit sub-limit. The borrowing base for the revolving credit facility is based on the valuation of our eligible accounts receivable. Due to a decline on our eligible accounts receivable as of December 31, 2008, the amount available under this facility was $86.4 million. We incur commitment fees on the unused amounts of the revolving credit facility ranging from 0.25% to 0.50%, based on our liquidity. This facility includes a number of affirmative and negative covenants, which could restrict our operations. If we were to default under the first lien revolving credit facility, we would not be permitted to draw additional amounts, and the banks could accelerate our obligation to pay all outstanding amounts.
 
In October 2004, we entered into a $300.0 million second lien term loan with a group of institutional lenders. The term loan bore interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 450 basis points (9.87% at December 31, 2006); and would have matured in October 2010. The loan was secured by a second lien on substantially all of our U.S. subsidiaries’ assets, including a portion of the shares of certain of our foreign subsidiaries. The second lien term loan was refinanced and paid in full in April 2007 with the proceeds of the $300.0 million, 7-year secured credit facility with Woori Bank in Korea. In connection with the prepayment of the second lien term loan, we recorded a loss on debt retirement of $15.7 million in April 2007, which included $9.0 million in prepayment fees and $6.7 million of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs. This repayment transaction fully discharged all of our obligations under the second lien term loan and fully discharged all subsidiary guarantees and releases all the collateral securing the second lien term loan.
 
Senior and Senior Subordinated Notes
 
In March 2004, we issued $250.0 million of 7.125% Senior Notes due March 2011 (the “2011 Notes”). The 2011 Notes were priced at 99.321%, yielding an effective interest rate of 7.25%. The 2011 Notes are redeemable by us at any time provided we pay the holders a “make-whole” premium. In 2008, we repurchased in open market transactions an aggregate principal amount of $39.8 million of these notes with $29.4 million of cash on hand. We recorded a gain on extinguishment of $10.5 million which was partially offset by the write-off of a proportionate amount of deferred debt issuance costs of $0.3 million. In 2009 (through the filing date of this Form 10-K), we repurchased in open market transactions an aggregate amount of $32.1 million of these notes with $23.2 million of cash on hand. We expect to record a gain on extinguishment of $8.9 million which will be partially offset by the write-off of a proportionate amount of our deferred debt issuance costs of $0.2 million.
 
In May 2003, we issued $425.0 million of 7.75% Senior Notes due May 2013 (the “2013 Notes”). The 2013 Notes were not redeemable at our option until May 2008, whereupon the notes become redeemable at specified prices. In November 2007, we repurchased in an open market transaction $3.0 million of these notes with cash on hand. We recorded a gain on extinguishment of $0.2 million which was partially offset by the write-off of a proportionate amount of our deferred debt issuance costs of less than $0.1 million.
 
In May 2006, we issued $400.0 million of 9.25% Senior Notes due June 2016 (the “2016 Notes”). The Notes are redeemable by us prior to June 1, 2011 provided we pay the holders a “make-whole” premium. After June 1, 2011, the 2016 Notes are redeemable at specified prices. In addition, prior to June 1, 2009, we may redeem up to 35% of the 2016 Notes at a specified price with the proceeds of certain equity offerings. After deducting fees to the underwriter, the net proceeds were used to purchase a portion of the 2008 Notes (described below) and to pay respective accrued interest and tender premiums. In November 2007, we repurchased in an open market transaction $10.0 million of these notes with cash on hand. We recorded a gain on extinguishment of less than $0.1 million which was more than offset by the write-off of a proportionate amount of our deferred debt issuance costs of $0.2 million.
 
In February 2001, we issued $500.0 million of 9.25% Senior Notes due February 2008 (the “2008 Notes”). As of December 31, 2005, we had purchased $29.5 million of these notes. In January 2006, we purchased an additional $30.0 million of these notes and recorded a gain on extinguishment of $0.7 million which was partially offset by the write-off of a proportionate amount of our deferred debt issuance costs of $0.2 million. In April 2006, we announced
76

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
a tender offer for the 2008 Notes. We used the net proceeds from the 2016 Notes to purchase $352.3 million in notes tendered. We recorded a $20.2 million loss on extinguishment related to premiums paid for the purchase of the 2008 Notes and a $2.2 million charge for the associated unamortized deferred debt issuance costs. On February 15, 2008, we repaid the remaining balance of $88.2 million at the maturity date with cash on hand.
 
In May 1999, we issued $200.0 million of 10.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2009 (the “2009 Notes”). In June 2006, we used the proceeds from the May 2011 Notes (described below) in connection with a partial call of the 2009 Notes for which $178.1 million of the 2009 Notes were repurchased. We recorded a $3.1 million loss on extinguishment related to premiums paid for the purchase of the 2009 Notes and a $2.2 million charge for the associated unamortized deferred debt issuance costs. In June 2007, we redeemed the remaining $21.9 million of the 2009 Notes outstanding with cash on hand and the indenture was terminated. We recorded a charge of $0.2 million to write-off the unamortized deferred debt issuance costs in June 2007.
 
The senior notes contain a number of affirmative and negative covenants, which could restrict our operations.
 
Senior Subordinated and Subordinated Convertible Notes
 
In May 2006, we issued $190.0 million of our 2.5% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due May 2011 (the “May 2011 Notes”). The May 2011 Notes are convertible at any time, prior to the maturity date, into our common stock at a price of $14.59 per share, subject to adjustment. The May 2011 Notes are subordinate to the prior payment in full of all of our senior debt. After deducting fees to the underwriter, the net proceeds from the issuance of the May 2011 Notes were used to repurchase a portion of the 2009 Notes, pay respective accrued interest and call premiums. In 2008, we repurchased in open market transactions $78.5 million principal amount of these notes with $51.3 million of cash on hand. We recorded a gain on extinguishment of $27.1 million which was partially offset by the write-off of a proportionate amount of deferred debt issuance costs of $1.3 million. In 2009 (through the filing date of this Form 10-K), we repurchased in an open market transaction $1.0 million of these notes with cash on hand. We expect to record a gain on extinguishment of $0.4 million partially offset by the write-off of a proportionate amount of our deferred debt issuance costs of less than $0.1 million. The senior subordinated notes contain a number of affirmative and negative covenants which could restrict our operations.
 
In March 2000, we issued $258.8 million of our 5.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes due March 2007 (the “2007 Notes”). The 2007 Notes were subordinated to the prior payment in full of all of our senior and senior subordinated debt. In November 2003, we repurchased $112.3 million of our 2007 Notes with the proceeds of an equity offering. In June 2006, we repurchased $4.0 million of our 2007 Notes at 99.875%. In March 2007, we repaid the remaining balance of $142.4 million at the maturity date with cash on hand.
 
In November 2005, we issued $100.0 million of our 6.25% Convertible Subordinated Notes due December 2013 (the “December 2013 Notes”) in a private placement to Mr. James J. Kim, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and certain Kim family members. The December 2013 Notes are presented as long-term debt, related party on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The December 2013 Notes are convertible at any time prior to the maturity date into our common stock at an initial price of $7.49 per share (the market price of our common stock on the date of issuance of the December 2013 Notes was $6.20 per share), subject to adjustment. The December 2013 Notes are subordinate to the prior payment in full of all of our senior and senior subordinated debt. The proceeds from the sale of the December 2013 Notes were used to purchase a portion of the 2006 Notes described above. The December 2013 Notes are not redeemable at our option until December 2010.
 
Debt of Subsidiaries
 
Secured Term Loans
 
In April 2007, Amkor Technology Korea, Inc., a Korean subsidiary (“ATK”), entered into a $300.0 million, 7-year secured term loan (“Term Loan”) with Woori Bank in Korea. The Term Loan is guaranteed on an unsecured basis by Amkor Technology, Inc (“Amkor”). The Term Loan is secured by substantially all the land, factories and
77

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
equipment located at our ATK facilities. The Term Loan bears interest at Woori’s base rate plus 50 basis points (7.85% and 6.58% as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively) and amortizes in 28 equal quarterly payments through April 2014. The proceeds of the Term Loan were used to refinance Amkor’s existing $300.0 million second lien term loan, due October 2010 (see above). We incurred $3.4 million in debt issuance costs in connection with the Woori loan, which amount was funded from cash on hand.
 
In November 2005, Amkor Technology Taiwan, Inc., a Taiwanese subsidiary, entered into a NT$1.8 billion (approximately $53.5 million) term loan due November 2010 (the “Taiwan Term Loan”), which accrues interest at the Taiwan 90-Day Commercial Paper Primary Market rate plus 1.2% (3.83% and 4.11% as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively). Interest payments are due quarterly and principal payments are due semi-annually. Amkor has guaranteed the repayment of this loan. The agreement governing the Taiwan Term Loan includes a number of affirmative, negative and financial covenants, which could restrict our operations. If we were to default under the facility, the lenders could accelerate our obligation to pay all outstanding amounts.
 
In June 2005, UST, a Taiwanese subsidiary, entered into a New Taiwan Dollar (“NT$”) 400.0 million (approximately $12.2 million) term loan due June 20, 2008 (the “UST Note”), which accrued interest at the Taiwan 90-Day Commercial Paper Secondary Market rate plus 2.25% (4.79% as of December 31, 2007). Interest payments were due monthly and principal payments due quarterly. The proceeds of the UST Note were used to satisfy notes previously held by Unitive Semiconductor Taiwan. In June 2008, we repaid the remaining balance at the maturity date with cash on hand.
 
Secured Equipment and Property Financing
 
Our secured equipment and property financing consists of loans secured with specific assets at our Japanese, Singaporean and Chinese subsidiaries. In May 2004, our Chinese subsidiary entered into a $5.5 million credit facility secured with buildings at one of our Chinese production facilities and is payable ratably through January 2012. The interest rate for the Chinese financing at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, was 8.22% and 6.73%, respectively. Our credit facility in Japan provided for equipment financing on a three-year basis for each piece of equipment purchased. The Japanese facility accrued interest at 3.59% on all outstanding balances and had maturities at various times between 2006 and 2008. We repaid the remaining balance at maturity in November 2008 with cash on hand. In December 2005, our Singaporean subsidiary entered into a loan with a finance company for $10.0 million, which accrued interest at 4.86% and was due December 2008. We repaid the remaining balance at the maturity date with cash on hand. Our Chinese subsidiary’s financing agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants, which could restrict our operations, and, if we were to default on our obligations, the lender could accelerate our obligation to repay amounts borrowed under such facilities.
 
Revolving and Working Capital Credit Facilities
 
On January 20, 2009, our Chinese subsidiary entered into a $50 million (U.S. dollar) working capital facility agreement with a China bank maturing in January 2011. Principal amounts borrowed must be repaid within twelve months of the drawdown date and may be prepaid at any time without penalty. All principal and interest must be repaid by January 2011. Amounts borrowed under the facility will bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.7%, payable in semi-annual payments. The facility is collateralized with certain real property and buildings in China.
 
Amkor Iwate Corporation, a Japanese subsidiary (“AIC”), has a revolving line of credit with a Japanese bank for 2.5 billion Japanese yen (approximately $27.6 million) that was renewed and extended to September 2009. The line of credit accrues interest at the Tokyo Interbank Offering Rate (“TIBOR”) plus 0.6%. The interest rate at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was 1.22% and 1.27%, respectively. There were no amounts drawn on the line of credit as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
Additionally, AIC has a revolving line of credit at a Japanese bank for 300.0 million Japanese yen (approximately $3.3 million) that was renewed and extended to June 2009. The line of credit accrues interest at TIBOR plus
78

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
0.5%. The interest rate at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was 1.20% and 1.25%, respectively. There were no amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
Unitive Semiconductor Taiwan had a revolving line of credit with a Taiwan bank for NT$20.0 million (approximately $0.6 million) that matured in June 2008 and was not renewed. The line of credit accrued interest at a variable interest rate, and the negotiated interest rate as of December 31, 2007 was 4.45%. There were no amounts drawn on the line of credit during 2008, and there were no amounts outstanding at December 31, 2007.
 
These lines of credit contain certain affirmative and negative covenants, which could restrict our operations. If we were to default on our obligations under any of these lines of credit, we would not be permitted to draw additional amounts, and the lenders could accelerate our obligation to pay all outstanding amounts.
 
Interest expense related to short-term borrowings and long-term debt is presented net of interest income in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Interest income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $8.7 million, $9.8 million and $6.9 million, respectively.
 
Compliance with Debt Covenants
 
Our secured bank debt agreements and the indentures governing our senior and senior subordinated notes restrict our ability to pay dividends. We were in compliance with all of our covenants as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
Maturities

 	 	Total Debt	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Payments due for the year ending December 31,	 	 	 	 	
2009	 	$	54,609	 	
2010	 	 	54,660	 	
2011	 	 	364,766	 	
2012	 	 	43,041	 	
2013	 	 	564,856	 	
Thereafter	 	 	411,428	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt	 	$	1,493,360	 	

 	 	
12.  	Pension and Severance Plans	
 
U.S. Defined Contribution Plan
 
We have a defined contribution plan covering substantially all U.S. employees. Eligible employees can contribute up to 60% of their salary, subject to annual Internal Revenue Service limitations. We match in cash 75% of the employee’s contributions up to a defined maximum on an annual basis. The expense for this plan was $1.8 million, $1.9 million and $1.9 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Taiwan Defined Contribution Plan
 
We have a defined contribution plan under the Taiwanese Labor Pension Act in Taiwan whereby employees can contribute up to 6% of salary. We contribute no less than 6% of the employees’ salaries up to a defined maximum into their individual accounts. The expense for this plan was $1.4 million, $1.4 million and $1.6 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
79

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Korean Severance Plans
 
Our Korean subsidiary participates in an accrued severance plan that covers employees and directors with at least one year of service. Eligible employees are entitled to receive a lump-sum payment upon termination of employment, based on their length of service, seniority and average monthly wages at the time of termination. In addition and in accordance with Korean severance plan regulations, employers may pay employees earned benefits prior to terminating their employment. Accrued severance benefits are estimated assuming all eligible employees were to terminate their employment at the balance sheet date.
 
Our contributions to the National Pension Plan of the Republic of Korea are deducted from accrued severance benefit liabilities.
 
During 2008 and 2006, we completed early voluntary retirement programs at our Korean subsidiary that resulted in $2.3 million and $5.4 million in additional special termination benefits, respectively (see Note 19). We also reclassified $31.6 million to current liabilities in December 2008 for voluntary interim accrued severance plan benefits that were paid out to approximately 750 current eligible employees in January 2009. In accordance with Korean severance plan regulations, employers may pay employees earned benefits prior to terminating their employment. As a result of a weakening global economy, we have made reductions in labor costs by lowering compensation and shortening work weeks. The interim accrued severance plan benefits are intended to help mitigate the impact on our employees and reduce our long-term commitments. The changes to our Korean severance accrual are as follows:

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at the beginning of year	 	$	172,325	 	 	$	143,822	 	 	$	117,911	 	
Provision of severance benefits	 	 	17,213	 	 	 	40,972	 	 	 	29,393	 	
Severance payments	 	 	(12,672	)	 	 	(10,605	)	 	 	(14,474	)	
Reclassified to accrued expense	 	 	(31,584	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
(Gain) loss on foreign currency	 	 	(44,728	)	 	 	(1,864	)	 	 	10,992	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	100,554	 	 	 	172,325	 	 	 	143,822	 	
Payments remaining with the Korean National Pension Fund	 	 	(961	)	 	 	(1,401	)	 	 	(1,500	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at the end of year	 	$	99,593	 	 	$	170,924	 	 	$	142,322	 	

Foreign Defined Benefit Pension Plans
 
Our Philippine, Taiwanese and Japanese subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit plans (the “Plans”) that cover substantially all of their respective employees who are not covered by statutory plans. Charges to expense are based upon costs computed by independent actuaries.
80

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table sets forth the Plans’ benefit obligations, fair value of the Plans’ assets and the funded status of the Plans at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in projected benefit obligation:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year	 	$	76,184	 	 	$	56,248	 	
Service cost	 	 	7,064	 	 	 	6,360	 	
Interest cost	 	 	4,339	 	 	 	3,670	 	
Benefits paid	 	 	(3,165	)	 	 	(990	)	
Actuarial (gains) losses	 	 	(23,900	)	 	 	726	 	
Effects of curtailment	 	 	(232	)	 	 	—	 	
Settlement	 	 	(8,955	)	 	 	—	 	
Foreign exchange (gain) loss	 	 	(4,358	)	 	 	10,170	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Projected benefit obligation at end of year	 	 	46,977	 	 	 	76,184	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in plan assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	 	 	39,753	 	 	 	29,071	 	
Actual loss on plan assets	 	 	(1,002	)	 	 	(996	)	
Employer contributions	 	 	8,366	 	 	 	7,380	 	
Settlement	 	 	(8,955	)	 	 	—	 	
Benefits paid	 	 	(3,165	)	 	 	(990	)	
Foreign exchange gain (loss)	 	 	(3,992	)	 	 	5,288	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	 	 	31,005	 	 	 	39,753	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Funded status of the Plans at end of year	 	$	(15,972	)	 	$	(36,431	)	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Prepaid benefit cost (included in non-current assets)	 	$	1,133	 	 	$	1,000	 	
Accrued benefit liability (included in pension and severance obligations)	 	 	(17,105	)	 	 	(37,431	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net amount recognized at year end	 	$	(15,972	)	 	$	(36,431	)	

The accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $31.2 million and $38.9 million, respectively.
 
In connection with reduction-in-force programs at our Philippine and Japanese subsidiaries, we recorded a net curtailment loss of approximately $1.6 million and paid out settlement benefits of approximately $9.0 during 2008.
81

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table sets forth, by component, the change in accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss) related to our Plans:

 	 	Initial Net
	 	 	Prior Service
	 	 	Actuarial Net
	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Obligation	 	 	Cost	 	 	(Loss) Gain	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2007, net of tax ($1.0 million)	 	$	(215	)	 	$	(702	)	 	$	(14,054	)	 	$	(14,971	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amortization included in net periodic pension cost, net of tax (less than $0.1 million)	 	 	73	 	 	 	66	 	 	 	487	 	 	 	626	 	
Net gain arising during period, net of tax ($0.8 million)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	19,997	 	 	 	19,997	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pension liability adjustments included in other comprehensive loss, net of tax ($0.9 million)	 	 	73	 	 	 	66	 	 	 	20,484	 	 	 	20,623	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2008, net of tax ($0.1 million)	 	$	(142	)	 	$	(636	)	 	$	6,430	 	 	$	5,652	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Estimated amortization of (cost) gain to be included in 2009 net periodic pension cost	 	$	(7	)	 	$	(60	)	 	$	230	 	 	$	163	 	
 
The $20.6 million, net, unrealized gain included in other comprehensive loss is primarily a result of an increase in the discount rate related to our Philippines plan. The increase in the discount rate is due to increases in the yield of high quality fixed income instruments in the Philippines.
 
Information for pension plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets are as follows:

 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Plans with underfunded or non-funded projected benefit obligation:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Aggregate projected benefit obligation	 	$	42,159	 	 	$	71,767	 	 	$	51,505	 	
Aggregate fair value of plan assets	 	 	25,054	 	 	 	34,335	 	 	 	24,072	 	
Plans with underfunded or non-funded accumulated benefit obligation:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Aggregate accumulated benefit obligation	 	 	9,510	 	 	 	6,782	 	 	 	4,945	 	
Aggregate fair value of plan assets	 	 	294	 	 	 	250	 	 	 	325	 	
 
The following table sets forth the net periodic pension costs for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008.

 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Components of net periodic pension cost and total pension expense:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service cost	 	$	7,064	 	 	$	6,360	 	 	$	4,364	 	
Interest cost	 	 	4,339	 	 	 	3,670	 	 	 	2,805	 	
Expected return on plan assets	 	 	(2,655	)	 	 	(1,893	)	 	 	(1,597	)	
Amortization of transitional obligation	 	 	73	 	 	 	78	 	 	 	71	 	
Amortization of prior service cost	 	 	66	 	 	 	61	 	 	 	69	 	
Recognized actuarial loss	 	 	539	 	 	 	467	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net periodic pension cost	 	 	9,426	 	 	 	8,743	 	 	 	5,712	 	
Curtailments	 	 	1,552	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total pension expense	 	$	10,978	 	 	$	8,743	 	 	$	5,712	 	

82

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

 	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted-average assumptions used in computing the net periodic pension cost and projected benefit obligation at year end:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Discount rate for determining net periodic pension cost	 	 	6.2	%	 	 	6.1	%	 	 	8.1	%	
Discount rate for determining benefit obligations at year end	 	 	7.9	%	 	 	6.2	%	 	 	6.1	%	
Rate of compensation increase for determining net periodic pension cost	 	 	7.1	%	 	 	7.0	%	 	 	6.5	%	
Rate of compensation increase for determining benefit obligations at year end	 	 	6.1	%	 	 	7.1	%	 	 	7.0	%	
Expected rate of return on plan assets for determining net periodic pension cost	 	 	5.6	%	 	 	6.0	%	 	 	6.0	%	
 
The measurement date for determining the Plans’ assets and benefit obligations was December 31, each year. Discount rates were generally derived from yield curves constructed from foreign government bonds for which the timing and amount of cash outflows approximate the estimated payouts.
 
The expected rate of return assumption is based on weighted-average expected returns for each asset class. Expected returns reflect a combination of historical performance analysis and the forward-looking views of the financial markets and include input from our actuaries. We have no control over the direction of our investments in our Taiwanese defined benefit plans as the local Labor Standards Law Fund mandates such contributions into a cash account balance at the Central Trust of China. The Japanese defined benefit pension plans are non-funded plans, and as such, no assets exist related to these plans. Our investment strategy for our Philippine defined benefit plan is long-term, sustained asset growth through low to medium risk investments. The current rate of return assumption targets an asset allocation strategy for our Philippine plan assets of 20% to 75% emerging market debt, 10% to 30% international equities (primarily U.S. and Europe) and 0% to 5% international fixed-income securities. The remainder of the portfolio will contain other investments such as short-term investments. At December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, Philippine plan assets included $0.2 million and $0.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively, of Amkor common stock.
 
The weighted average asset allocations for the Plans, by asset category, are as follows:

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	 	27.1	%	 	 	20.0	%	
Equity securities	 	 	25.8	%	 	 	39.5	%	
Debt securities	 	 	24.0	%	 	 	23.1	%	
Foreign currency denominated government bonds	 	 	22.1	%	 	 	13.9	%	
Other	 	 	1.0	%	 	 	3.5	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	100.0	%	 	 	100.0	%	

We contributed $8.6 million, $7.4 million and $4.5 million to the Plans during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and we expect to contribute $8.0 million during 2009. We closely monitor the funded status of the Plans with respect to legislative requirements. We intend to make at least the minimum contribution required by law each year.
83

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The estimated future benefit payments related to our foreign defined benefit plans are as follows:

2009	 	$	3,299	 	
2010	 	 	3,589	 	
2011	 	 	3,406	 	
2012	 	 	3,691	 	
2013	 	 	4,176	 	
2014 to 2018	 	 	30,391	 	

13.  	Other Non-Current Liabilities	
 
Other non-current liabilities consist of the following:

 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Customer advances and deferred revenue	 	$	15,654	 	 	$	20,395	 	
Other non-current liabilities	 	 	14,894	 	 	 	13,540	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other non-current liabilities	 	$	30,548	 	 	$	33,935	 	

Customer advances relate to supply agreements with customers where we commit capacity in exchange for customer prepayment of services.

14.  	Fair Value of Financial Instruments	
 
As discussed in Note 1, we adopted SFAS No. 157 as it relates to financial assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis effective January 1, 2008. Although the adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not materially impact our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are now required to provide additional disclosures in our financial statements. In accordance with FSP 157-2, we deferred adoption of SFAS No. 157 as it relates to nonfinancial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
 
SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and expands disclosure about fair value measurements which enables the reader of the financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. SFAS No. 157 requires assets and liabilities carried at fair value to be classified and disclosed in a three-tier fair value hierarchy. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2, defined as inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.
84

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Our financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis include cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash. Cash and cash equivalents are invested in U.S. money market funds and various U.S. and foreign bank operating and time deposit accounts, which are due on demand or carry a maturity date of less than three months when purchased. No restrictions have been imposed on us regarding withdrawal of balances as a result of liquidity or other credit market issues affecting the money market funds we invest in or the counterparty financial institutions holding our deposits. Money market funds are fair valued at quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets as summarized in the following table:

 	 	Quoted Prices
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	in Active
	 	 	Significant
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Markets for
	 	 	Other
	 	 	Significant
	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Identical
	 	 	Observable
	 	 	Unobservable
	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Assets
	 	 	Inputs
	 	 	Inputs
	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(Level 1)	 	 	(Level 2)	 	 	(Level 3)	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash equivalent money market funds	 	$	102,158	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	102,158	 	
 
Long-term debt.  The carrying amount reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2008 for long-term debt was $1,493.4 million and the fair value was $906.7 million. The fair value of our fixed rate debt (excluding our related party debt) as of December 31, 2008 was $730.2 million, which is based on the publicly quoted trading price of the notes. The fair value of our variable rate debt and related party debt incorporates market based assumptions using current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements adjusted for duration, optionality, and risk profile. The fair value of our variable rate debt and related party debt as of December 31, 2008 was $176.5 million. The carrying amount as of December 31, 2007 for long-term debt was $1,764.1 million and the fair value was estimated to be $1,746.5 million based upon available market quotes.

15.  	Commitments and Contingencies	
 
As of December 31, 2008, we have outstanding $0.5 million of standby letters of credit and have available an additional $24.5 million. Such standby letters of credit are used in our ordinary course of business and are collateralized by our cash balances.
 
We generally warrant that our services will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner and in compliance with our customers’ specifications. We accrue costs for known warranty issues. Historically, our warranty costs have been immaterial.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are involved in claims and legal proceedings and we may become involved in other legal matters arising in the ordinary course of our business. We evaluate these claims and legal matters on a case-by-case basis to make a determination as to the impact, if any, on our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Except as indicated below, we currently believe that the ultimate outcome of these claims and proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Our evaluation of the potential impact of these claims and legal proceedings on our business, liquidity, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows could change in the future. We currently are party to the legal proceedings described below. Attorney fees related to legal matters are expensed as incurred.
 
Tessera, Inc. v. Amkor Technology, Inc.
 
On March 2, 2006, Tessera, Inc. filed a Request for Arbitration (the “Request”) with the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce, captioned  Tessera, Inc. v. Amkor Technology, Inc.  The subject matter of the arbitration was a license agreement (“Agreement”) entered into between Tessera and our predecessor in 1996. The Agreement pertains to certain patents and know-how relating to semiconductor packaging. In its Request, Tessera alleged breach of contract and asserted that Amkor owed Tessera royalties under the
85

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Agreement for semiconductor packages assembled by us. Tessera identified a total of six United States patents (U.S. Patent Nos. 5,679,977, 5,852,326, 5,861,666, 6,133,627, 6,433,419 and 6,465,893), and unspecified know-how as the basis for its claim that royalties were owed under the Agreement. In our Answer and Counterclaim, we denied that any royalties were owed, and asserted, among other defenses, that we are not using any of the licensed Tessera patents or know-how.
 
On October 27, 2008, an Arbitration Panel (the “Panel”) issued an interim order in this matter. While the Panel found that most of the packages accused by Tessera were not subject to the patent royalty provisions of the Agreement, the Panel did find that past royalties were due to Tessera as damages for some infringing packages from March 2002 through March 2008. The Panel also denied Tessera’s request to terminate the Agreement. On January 9, 2009, the Panel issued the final damage award in this matter. The Panel awarded Tessera $60.6 million in damages for past royalties due under the Agreement. The award is for the period March 2, 2002 through December 1, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, we accrued $61.4 million in royalties owed to Tessera of which $49.0 million relates to periods prior to 2008. The Panel also found that Tessera was entitled to 3% simple interest for unpaid royalties calculated for the periods set by the final award. As of December 31, 2008, we accrued $3.3 million in interest for this settlement. The final award, plus interest, was paid when due, in February 2009. Amkor remains a licensee under the Agreement with the rights and benefits of a licensee along with ongoing obligations to pay royalties for packages subject to the patent royalty provisions.
 
Securities Class Action Litigation
 
On January 23, 2006, a purported securities class action suit entitled Nathan Weiss et al. v. Amkor Technology, Inc.  et al., was filed in U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania against Amkor and certain of its current and former officers. Subsequently, other law firms filed two similar cases, which were consolidated with the initial complaint. The plaintiffs amended the complaint to add additional officer, director and former director defendants and alleged improprieties in certain option grants. The amended complaint further alleged that defendants improperly recorded and accounted for the options in violation of generally accepted accounting principles and made materially false and misleading statements and omissions in its disclosures in violation of the federal securities laws, during the period from July 2001 to July 2006. The amended complaint seeks certification as a class action pursuant to Fed. R. Civ. Proc. 23, compensatory damages, costs and expenses, and such other further relief as the Court deems just and proper. On December 28, 2006, pursuant to motion by defendants, the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania transferred this action to the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona.
 
On September 25, 2007, the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona dismissed this case with prejudice. On October 23, 2007, plaintiffs filed an appeal from the dismissal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.
 
On December 10, 2008, the parties entered into a memorandum of understanding to settle this case. Under the terms of the proposed settlement, Amkor and the other defendants will receive a full and complete release of all claims in the litigation in exchange for payment of an aggregate amount of $11.3 million. Our directors and officers liability insurance carrier will pay $9.0 million of the settlement amount and we will pay $2.3 million. At December 31, 2008, we have accrued the full amounts of the proposed settlement and insurance recovery. The settlement is subject to review and approval by the court.
 
We do not expect the outcome in this case to have a material adverse affect on our liquidity, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. We caution, however, that due to the inherent uncertainty of any litigation, if the court does not approve the settlement, an adverse outcome in this matter could result in material liabilities and could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
86

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Securities and Exchange Commission Investigation
 
In August 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued a formal order of investigation regarding certain activities with respect to Amkor securities. The investigation related initially to transactions in our securities and was later expanded to include our historical stock option practices. In April 2007, the SEC filed a civil action against our former general counsel based on substantially the same allegations that had been charged in a criminal case against him with respect to trading Amkor securities based on material non-public information. The SEC’s civil action against the former general counsel has been settled. While the SEC’s investigation continues and we cannot predict the outcome, we believe that the investigation is now limited to certain securities trading by a former non-executive employee. We have fully cooperated with the SEC throughout this investigation, and intend to continue to do so.
 
Amkor Technology, Inc. v. Motorola, Inc.
 
In August 2002, we filed a complaint against Motorola, Inc. (“Motorola”) in the Superior Court of Delaware seeking declaratory judgment relating to a controversy between us and Motorola concerning, among other matters, the assignment by Citizen Watch Co., Ltd. (“Citizen”) to us of a Patent License Agreement dated January 25, 1996 between Motorola and Citizen (the “License Agreement”) and concurrent assignment by Citizen to us of Citizen’s interest in U.S. Patents 5,241,133 and 5,216,278 (the “’133 and ’278 Patents”), which patents relate to ball grid array packages. On October 8, 2008, the Supreme Court of Delaware issued a final decision affirming the Superior Court’s ruling that Amkor successfully acquired Citizen’s rights in the License Agreement and ‘133 and ‘278 patents.
 
Alcatel Business Systems v. Amkor Technology, Inc., Anam Semiconductor, Inc.
 
On November 5, 1999, we agreed to sell certain semiconductor parts to Alcatel Microelectronics, N.V. (“AME”), a subsidiary of Alcatel S.A. The parts were manufactured for us by Anam Semiconductor, Inc. (“ASI”), a predecessor to Dongbu Hitek Co., Ltd. (“Dongbu”), and delivered to AME. AME transferred the parts to another Alcatel subsidiary, Alcatel Business Systems (“ABS”), which incorporated the parts into mobile phone products. In early 2001, a dispute arose as to whether the parts sold by us were defective. In December 2006, ABS filed a demand with the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) for arbitration in Pennsylvania under the November 1999 agreement, claiming damages arising from the dispute described above.
 
On October 2, 2008, an agreement was reached among the parties to settle the arbitration matter. As part of the settlement agreement, all claims against us were released, and all settlement amounts are to be paid by Dongbu pursuant to an indemnification agreement between us and Dongbu.
 
Amkor Technology, Inc. v. Carsem (M) Sdn Bhd, Carsem Semiconductor Sdn Bhd, and Carsem Inc.
 
In November 2003, we filed a complaint against Carsem (M) Sdn Bhd, Carsem Semiconductor Sdn Bhd, and Carsem Inc. (collectively “Carsem”) with the International Trade Commission (“ITC”) in Washington, D.C., alleging infringement of our United States Patent Nos. 6,433,277; 6,455,356 and 6,630,728 (collectively the “Amkor Patents”) and seeking an exclusionary order barring the importation by Carsem of infringing products. Subsequently, we filed a complaint in the Northern District of California, alleging infringement of the Amkor Patents and seeking an injunction enjoining Carsem from further infringing the Amkor Patents, treble damages plus interest, costs and attorney’s fees. We allege that by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing into the U.S. the Carsem Dual and Quad Flat No-Lead Package, Carsem has infringed on one or more of our  Micro LeadFrame packaging technology claims in the Amkor Patents. The District Court action had been stayed pending resolution of the ITC case.
 
The ITC Administrative Law Judge (“ALJ”) conducted an evidentiary hearing during July and August of 2004 in Washington D.C. and issued an initial determination that Carsem infringed some of our patent claims relating to
87

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
our MicroLeadFrame package technology, that some of our 21 asserted patent claims are valid, and that all of our asserted patent claims are enforceable. However, the ALJ did not find a statutory violation of the Tariff Act. We filed a petition in November 2004 to have the ALJ’s ruling reviewed by the full International Trade Commission. The ITC ordered a new claims construction related to various disputed claim terms and remanded the case to the ALJ for further proceedings. On November 9, 2005, the ALJ issued an Initial Determination that Carsem infringed some of our patent claims and ruled that Carsem violated Section 337 of the Tariff Act. The ITC subsequently authorized the ALJ to reopen the record on certain discovery issues related to third party documents. On February 9, 2006, the ITC ordered a delay in issuance of the Final Determination, pending resolution of the third party discovery issues. The discovery issues are the subject of a subpoena enforcement action which is pending appeal in the Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. The case we filed in 2003 in the Northern District of California remains stayed pending completion of the ITC investigation.
 
Leases
 
Future minimum lease payments under operating leases that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year are:

 	 	(In thousands)	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
2009	 	$	10,736	 	
2010	 	 	8,525	 	
2011	 	 	6,861	 	
2012	 	 	5,447	 	
2013	 	 	5,270	 	
Thereafter	 	 	15,894	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Total (net of minimum sublease income of $0.4 million)	 	$	52,733	 	

Rent expense amounted to $19.7 million, $19.4 million and $16.7 million for 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

16.  	Related Party Transactions	
 
We purchase leadframe inventory from Acqutek Semiconductor & Technology Co., Ltd. James J. Kim our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, owns approximately 16.2% of Acqutek Semiconductor & Technology Co., Ltd. The purchases are arms length and on terms consistent with our non-related party vendors. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, purchases from Acqutek Semiconductor & Technology Co., Ltd. were $15.7 million, $18.7 million and $16.7 million, respectively. Amounts due to Acqutek Semiconductor & Technology Co., Ltd. at December 31, 2008 and 2007, were $0.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively.
 
Mr. JooHo Kim is an employee of Amkor and a brother of Mr. James J. Kim, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. JooHo Kim, together with his wife and children, own 100% of Jesung C&M, a company that provides cafeteria services to Amkor Technology Korea, Inc. The services provided by Jesung C&M are subject to competitive bid. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, purchases from Jesung C&M were $5.3 million, $6.2 million and $6.5 million, respectively. Amounts due to Jesung C&M at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively.
 
Previously, Mr. JooHo Kim owned with his children and other Kim Family members 58.1% of Anam Information Technology, Inc., a company that provided computer hardware and software components to ATK. Mr. JooHo Kim sold all of his shares in the fourth quarter of 2006. Other Kim Family members owned 48.3% as of December 31, 2006. As of September 30, 2006, a decision was made to discontinue using Anam Information Technology as a vendor. The services provided by Anam Information Technology were subject to competitive bid. During 2008 and 2007, there were no purchases from Anam Information Technology. Purchases from Anam
88

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Information Technology during 2006 were $0.3 million. There were no amounts due to Anam Information Technology at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
17.  Business Segments, Customer Concentrations and Geographic Information
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 131 Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , we have determined we had two reportable segments, packaging and test. Packaging and test are integral parts of the process of manufacturing semiconductor devices and our customers will engage with us for both packaging and test services, or just packaging or test services. The packaging process creates an electrical interconnect between the semiconductor chip and the system board. In packaging, fabricated semiconductor wafers are separated into individual chips. These chips are typically attached through wire bond or wafer bump technologies to a substrate or leadframe and then encased in a protective material. In the case of an advanced wafer level package, the package is assembled on the surface of a wafer. The packaged chips are then tested using sophisticated equipment to ensure that each packaged chip meets its design and performance specifications.
 
The accounting policies for segment reporting are the same as those for our Consolidated Financial Statements. We evaluate our operating segments based on gross margin and gross property, plant and equipment. We do not specifically identify and allocate total assets by operating segment. Summarized financial information concerning reportable segments is shown in the following table. The “other” column reflects other corporate adjustments to net sales and gross profit and the property, plant and equipment of our sales and corporate offices.

 	 	Packaging	 	 	Test	 	 	Other	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Year Ended December 31, 2008	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	2,343,514	 	 	$	314,299	 	 	$	789	 	 	$	2,658,602	 	
Gross profit	 	 	472,986	 	 	 	88,645	 	 	 	107	 	 	 	561,738	 	
Year Ended December 31, 2007	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	2,430,387	 	 	$	309,633	 	 	$	(575	)	 	$	2,739,445	 	
Gross profit	 	 	577,841	 	 	 	103,411	 	 	 	621	 	 	 	681,873	 	
Year Ended December 31, 2006	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	$	2,449,461	 	 	$	279,921	 	 	$	(822	)	 	$	2,728,560	 	
Gross profit	 	 	586,381	 	 	 	89,531	 	 	 	(952	)	 	 	674,960	 	
Gross Property, plant and Equipment	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
December 31, 2008	 	$	2,664,712	 	 	$	741,860	 	 	$	138,947	 	 	$	3,545,519	 	
December 31, 2007	 	$	2,573,142	 	 	$	643,298	 	 	$	119,281	 	 	$	3,335,721	 	

89

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table presents net sales by country based on the location of our customer:

 	 	Net Sales	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
China (including Hong Kong)	 	$	85,666	 	 	$	147,156	 	 	$	138,255	 	
Japan	 	 	240,756	 	 	 	267,648	 	 	 	262,066	 	
Korea	 	 	126,618	 	 	 	145,999	 	 	 	149,401	 	
Singapore	 	 	657,573	 	 	 	650,037	 	 	 	573,072	 	
Taiwan	 	 	194,305	 	 	 	206,149	 	 	 	207,962	 	
Other foreign countries	 	 	379,381	 	 	 	363,008	 	 	 	404,925	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total foreign countries	 	 	1,684,299	 	 	 	1,779,997	 	 	 	1,735,681	 	
United States	 	 	974,303	 	 	 	959,448	 	 	 	992,879	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net sales	 	$	2,658,602	 	 	$	2,739,445	 	 	$	2,728,560	 	

No customer exceeded 10% of consolidated net sales in 2008, 2007 or 2006.
 
The following table presents property, plant and equipment, net, based on the physical location of the asset:

 	 	Property, Plant and Equipment, net	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2006	 	
 	 	 	 	 	(In thousands)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
China	 	$	239,734	 	 	$	211,315	 	 	$	201,223	 	
Japan	 	 	17,603	 	 	 	18,462	 	 	 	23,302	 	
Korea	 	 	593,202	 	 	 	576,666	 	 	 	559,083	 	
Philippines	 	 	261,741	 	 	 	262,915	 	 	 	271,903	 	
Singapore	 	 	90,620	 	 	 	105,804	 	 	 	107,267	 	
Taiwan	 	 	219,592	 	 	 	217,230	 	 	 	227,019	 	
Other foreign countries	 	 	146	 	 	 	156	 	 	 	166	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total foreign countries	 	 	1,422,638	 	 	 	1,392,548	 	 	 	1,389,963	 	
United States	 	 	51,125	 	 	 	62,563	 	 	 	53,640	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total property, plant and equipment, net	 	$	1,473,763	 	 	$	1,455,111	 	 	$	1,443,603	 	

 	 	
18.  	Acquisitions	
 
Acquisition of Unitive Semiconductor Taiwan Corporation
 
In 2004, we acquired approximately 60% of the capital stock of UST, a Taiwan-based venture. In January 2006, we acquired additional capital stock and our combined ownership of UST is approximately 99.9% at December 31, 2008. UST is a provider of wafer level technologies and services for flip chip and wafer level packaging applications.
 
The original transaction included a provision for a contingent, performance-based earn-out which could increase the value of the transaction. The earn-out was based on the performance of that subsidiary for the twelve month period ended January 31, 2007. In March 2007, we increased goodwill by $0.8 million for additional consideration paid with respect to the UST earn-out provision. As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we reflect as a minority interest the percentage of UST which we do not own in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
90

Table of Contents
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

19.  	Restructuring and Reduction in Force	
 
As part of our on going efforts to improve factory performance and manage costs, we regularly evaluate our staffing levels compared to current business needs. During 2008, we reduced our headcount through reductions-in-force and attrition by 1,100 employees. We completed voluntary and involuntary reductions-in-force programs in the U.S and at certain foreign locations. We recorded a charge for special and contractual termination benefits related to our reductions-in-force of $12.3 million, of which $10.1 million and $2.2 million were charged to cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively. All amounts were paid as of December 31, 2008. In addition, we paid out $2.5 million in cash with respect to our severance plan obligations (see Note 12) as a result of a reduction-in-force program in Korea. Subsequent to December 31, 2008, we commenced additional employee workforce reductions impacting approximately 1,700 employees. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, we currently estimate that we will incur $6 million in charges for special termination benefits, including a pension plan curtailment gain. Approximately $5 million of the charge is expected to be recorded in cost of sales with the remainder recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
During 2007, we announced a phased transition of wafer level processing production from our wafer bumping facility in North Carolina to our facility in Taiwan, and that the North Carolina facility would primarily focus on research and development activities after the transition was complete. During 2008, we announced all wafer level processing production will cease at our North Carolina Facility by mid-year 2009. Our research and development activities are expected to continue after production ceases in June 2009. The costs associated with these activities are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (as amended) . We recorded charges for termination benefits during 2008 and 2007 of $1.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively. With respect to the charges recognized during 2008, $0.7 million and $0.3 million were recorded in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively. The charges of $0.9 million recognized during 2007 were primarily recorded in cost of sales. The amount recorded in accrued expenses for termination benefits was $0.8 million and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We currently anticipate that an additional $1.0 million related to termination benefits will be expensed over the remaining employment service period through June 2009, of which $0.8 million and $0.2 million is expected to be recognized in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses, respectively. We anticipate total termination benefits of $2.9 million will be paid through June 2009.
 
During 2006, we implemented an early voluntary retirement program with special termination benefits to employees at our Korean subsidiary. We recorded a charge for the special termination benefits of $5.4 million, including $4.7 million charged to cost of sales and $0.7 million charged to selling, general and administrative expenses. All of these amounts were paid as of December 31, 2006.

20.  	Gain on Sale of Real Estate and Specialty Test Operations	
 
During 2008, we sold land and a warehouse in Korea for $14.3 million in cash and recorded a gain of $9.9 million, with no tax effect.
 
During 2007, we recognized a gain of $3.1 million in connection with the sale of real property in Korea used for administrative purposes, and a gain of $1.7 million as a result of an earn-out provision related to our divesture of a specialty test operation in 2005.
91

Table of Contents
 
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 	 	 	 	 	Additions
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Balance at
	 	 	Charged
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Beginning of
	 	 	to
	 	 	 	 	 	(a)
	 	 	Balance at
	 	
 	 	Period	 	 	Expense	 	 	Write-offs	 	 	Other	 	 	End of Period	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Year ended December 31, 2006	 	$	4,947	 	 	 	(2,584	)	 	 	(128	)	 	 	—	 	 	$	2,235	 	
Year ended December 31, 2007	 	$	2,235	 	 	 	(1,239	)	 	 	(320	)	 	 	—	 	 	$	676	 	
Year ended December 31, 2008	 	$	676	 	 	 	291	 	 	 	(133	)	 	 	—	 	 	$	834	 	
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Year ended December 31, 2006	 	$	351,952	 	 	 	(18,437	)	 	 	(5,240	)	 	 	(192	)	 	$	328,083	 	
Year ended December 31, 2007	 	$	328,083	 	 	 	25,408	 	 	 	(54,532	)	 	 	(7,917	)	 	$	291,042	 	
Year ended December 31, 2008	 	$	291,042	 	 	 	3,005	 	 	 	(32,170	)	 	 	(264	)	 	$	261,613	 	

 	 	 	
(a)	 	Column represents adjustments to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance as a result of business acquisitions. In addition, this column represents the sale of available for sale securities and stock option transactions in which the valuation allowance is adjusted directly through stockholders’ equity. For the year ended December 31, 2007, this column also includes a $7.6 million reduction in the valuation allowance associated with the adoption of FIN 48.	

92

Table of Contents
 	 	
Item 9.  	Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	
 
None.

Item 9A.  	Controls and Procedures	
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, based on the definition of “disclosure controls and procedures” in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures.
 
We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2008 and concluded those disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of that date.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
 
Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on the results of this evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008 based on criteria in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.
 
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears under Item 8.
93

Table of Contents
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
As previously reported, we are implementing a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system in a multi-year program on a company-wide basis. During 2008, we implemented several significant modules of the ERP system at our Philippines subsidiary. The implementation of the ERP system represents a change in our internal control over financial reporting. Therefore, as appropriate, we modified the design and documentation of internal control processes and procedures relating to the new system to supplement and complement existing internal control over financial reporting. We finalized the design, documentation and testing of internal control processes and procedures relating to the new system relative to our evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. The implementation of the ERP system at our Philippines subsidiary resulted in changes that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to have materially affected, our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2008.

Item 9B.  	Other Information	
 
None.
 
PART III

Item 10.  	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	
 
The information required by this Item 10, with the exception of information relating to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethical Guidelines as disclosed below, is incorporated herein by reference from the material included under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers,” and “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934” in our definitive proxy statement (to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A) for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
 
Additionally, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethical Guidelines, Corporate Governance Guidelines, and the charters of the Audit Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee and Compensation Committee are available and maintained on our web site (http://www.amkor.com).

Item 11.  	Executive Compensation	
 
The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference from the material included under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Report of the Compensation Committee on Executive Compensation” in our definitive proxy statement (to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A) for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 12.  	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	
 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS
 
The information required by this Item 12, with the exception of the equity compensation plan information presented below, is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement (to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A) for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
94

Table of Contents
 
The following table summarizes our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2008:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(c)
	 	
 	 	(a)
	 	 	 	 	 	Number of Securities
	 	
 	 	Number of
	 	 	 	 	 	Remaining Available
	 	
 	 	Securities to be
	 	 	(b)
	 	 	for Future Issuance
	 	
 	 	Issued Upon
	 	 	Weighted-Average
	 	 	Under Equity
	 	
 	 	Exercise of
	 	 	Exercise Price of
	 	 	Compensation Plan
	 	
 	 	Outstanding
	 	 	Outstanding
	 	 	(Excluding Securities
	 	
 	 	Options	 	 	Options	 	 	Reflected in Column (a)]	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders	 	 	9,231,665	 	 	$	10.35	 	 	 	16,425,000	(1)	
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders	 	 	49,800	 	 	 	17.23	 	 	 	421,700	(2)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total equity compensation plans	 	 	9,281,465	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	16,846,700	 	

 
 	 	 	
(1)	 	As of December 31, 2008, a total of 16,425,000 shares were reserved for issuance under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.	
 	 	 	
(2)	 	As of December 31, 2008, a total of 421,700 shares were reserved for issuance under the 2003 Nonstatutory Inducement Grant Stock Plan, and there is a provision for an annual replenishment to bring the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the plan up to 300,000 as of each January 1. On January 1, 2009, no additional shares were made available pursuant to the annual replenishment provision.	
 
PART IV

Item 13.  	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	
 
The information required by this Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference from the material included under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” and “Proposal One — Election of Directors” in our definitive proxy statement (to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A) for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 14.  	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	
 
The information required by this Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference from the material included under “Proposal Two — Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our definitive proxy statement (to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A) for our 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 15.  	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	
 
(a) Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits
 
The financial statements and schedules filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in the index under Item 8.
 
The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K which are filed with this report or incorporated by reference herein, are set forth in the Exhibit Index. Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements are identified by an asterisk.
95

Table of Contents
 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed, on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 	By: 	/s/  James J. Kim	
James J. Kim
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: February 24, 2009
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints James J. Kim and Joanne Solomon, and each of them, his attorneys-in-fact, and agents, each with the power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents of any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name	 	Title	 	Date	

/s/  James J. Kim

James J. Kim	 	Chief Executive Officer and Chairman	 	February 24, 2009	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/  Joanne Solomon

Joanne Solomon	 	Corporate Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	February 24, 2009	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/  Roger A. Carolin

Roger A. Carolin	 	Director	 	February 24, 2009	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/  Winston J. Churchill

Winston J. Churchill	 	Director	 	February 24, 2009	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/  John T. Kim

John T. Kim	 	Director	 	February 24, 2009	

John F. Osborne	 	Director	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/  Constantine N. Papadakis

Constantine N. Papadakis	 	Director	 	February 24, 2009	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/  James W. Zug

James W. Zug	 	Director	 	February 24, 2009	

96

Table of Contents
 
EXHIBIT INDEX

 	2	.1	 	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2004, by and among Amkor Technology, Inc., Unitive, Inc., Certain of the Stockholders of Unitive, Inc., Certain Option Holders of Unitive, Inc., Onex American Holdings II LLC as the Onex Stockholder Representative, David Rizzo as the MCNC Stockholder Representative, Thomas Egolf as the TAT Stockholder Representative, Kenneth Donahue as the Additional Indemnifying Stockholder Representative, and, with respect to Article VIII and Article X thereof only, U.S. Bank National Association.(9)	
 	2	.2	 	Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2004, by and among Amkor Technology, Inc., Unitive Semiconductor Taiwan Corporation and Certain Shareholders of Unitive Semiconductor Taiwan Corporation, along with Letter Agreement dated July 9, 2004 regarding Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement and Loan Agreement by and among Amkor Technology, Inc., Unitive Semiconductor Taiwan Corporation and Sellers’ Representative on Behalf of each Seller.(9)	
 	2	.3	 	Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 17, 2004 by and among Amkor Technology Singapore Pte. Ltd. and IBM Singapore Pte Ltd.(8)	
 	2	.4	 	Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 17, 2004 by and among Amkor Assembly & Test (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. and IBM Interconnect Packaging Solutions (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.(8)	
 	2	.5	 	Sales Contract of Commodity Premises between Shanghai Waigaoqiao Free Trade Zone Xin Development Co., Ltd. and Amkor Assembly & Test (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. dated May 7, 2004.(8)	
 	3	.1	 	Certificate of Incorporation.(1)	
 	3	.2	 	Certificate of Correction to Certificate of Incorporation.(3)	
 	3	.3	 	Restated Bylaws.(20)	
 	4	.1	 	Specimen Common Stock Certificate.(2)	
 	4	.2	 	Indenture dated May 8, 2003, between Amkor Technology, Inc. and U.S. Bank N.A., relating to the 7.75% Senior Notes due May 15, 2013.(4)	
 	4	.3	 	Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 8, 2003, between Amkor Technology, Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. relating to the 7.75% Senior Notes due May 15, 2013.(5)	
 	4	.4	 	Indenture dated March 12, 2004, between Amkor Technology, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., relating to the 7.125% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011.(7)	
 	4	.5	 	Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 12, 2004 by and among Amkor Technology, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. relating to the 7.125% Senior Notes due March 15, 2011.(7)	
 	4	.6	 	Indenture, dated November 18, 2005, by and between Amkor Technology, Inc. and U.S. National Bank Association as Trustee, 6.25% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2013.(13)	
 	4	.7	 	Investor Rights Agreement, dated November 18, 2005, between Amkor Technology, Inc. and the Investors named therein.(13)	
 	4	.8	 	Indenture, dated May 26, 2006, among Amkor Technology, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, relating to the 9.25% Senior Notes due 2016.(15)	
 	4	.9	 	Indenture, dated May 26, 2006, between Amkor Technology, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, relating to the 2.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011.(15)	
 	4	.10	 	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2006, among Amkor, AIH, ATL, ATP and U.S. Bank, as Trustee, to Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2003, among Amkor and U.S. Bank, regarding Amkor’s 7.75% Senior Notes due 2013.(16)	
 	4	.11	 	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2006, among Amkor, AIH, ATL, ATP and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee, to Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2004, among Amkor and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., regarding Amkor’s 7.125% Senior Notes due 2011.(16)	
 	4	.12	 	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2006, among Amkor, AIH, ATL, ATP and U.S. Bank, as Trustee, to Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2006, among Amkor and U.S. Bank, regarding Amkor’s 9.25% Senior Notes due 2016.(16)	

97

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	
 	4	.13	 	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 29, 2004, among Amkor, Unitive and U.S. Bank, as Trustee, to Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2003, among Amkor and U.S. Bank, regarding Amkor’s 7.75% Senior Notes due 2013.(10)	
 	4	.14	 	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 29, 2004, among Amkor, Unitive Electronics and U.S. Bank, as Trustee, to Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2003, among Amkor and U.S. Bank, regarding Amkor’s 7.75% Senior Notes due 2013.(10)	
 	4	.15	 	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 29, 2004, among Amkor, Unitive and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee, to Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2004, among Amkor and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., regarding Amkor’s 7.125% Senior Notes due 2011.(10)	
 	4	.16	 	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 29, 2004, among Amkor, Unitive Electronics and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee, to Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2004, among Amkor and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., regarding Amkor’s 7.125% Senior Notes due 2011.(10)	
 	4	.17	 	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 5, 2005, among Amkor, AIH, P-Four, ATL, AAP and U.S. Bank, as Trustee, to Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2003, among Amkor and U.S. Bank, regarding Amkor’s 7.75% Senior Notes due 2013.(11)	
 	4	.18	 	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 5, 2005, among Amkor, AIH, P-Four, ATL, AAP and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee, to Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2004, among Amkor and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., regarding Amkor’s 7.125% Senior Notes due 2011.(11)	
 	10	.1	 	Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers.(2)	
 	10	.2	 	1998 Stock Plan, as amended.(22)*	
 	10	.3	 	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 1998 Stock Plan.*	
 	10	.4	 	Form of Tax Indemnification Agreement between Amkor Technology, Inc., Amkor Electronics, Inc. and certain stockholders of Amkor Technology, Inc.(2)	
 	10	.5	 	Contract of Lease between Corinthian Commercial Corporation and Amkor/Anam Pilipinas Inc., dated October 1, 1990.(1)	
 	10	.6	 	Contract of Lease between Salcedo Sunvar Realty Corporation and Automated Microelectronics, Inc., dated May 6, 1994.(1)	
 	10	.7	 	Lease Contract between AAPI Realty Corporation and Amkor/Anam Advanced Packaging, Inc., dated November 6, 1996.(1)	
 	10	.8	 	1998 Director Option Plan and form of agreement thereunder.(2)*	
 	10	.9	 	1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.(2)*	
 	10	.10	 	Purchase Agreement, Amkor Technology, Inc. $425 million 7.75% Senior Notes Due May 15, 2013.(4)	
 	10	.11	 	2003 Nonstatutory Inducement Grant Stock Plan, as amended.(22)*	
 	10	.12	 	2007 Equity Incentive Plan.(19)*	
 	10	.13	 	Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.(21)*	
 	10	.14	 	2007 Executive Incentive Bonus Plan.(19)*	
 	10	.15	 	Credit Facility Agreement, dated March 30, 2007, between Woori Bank and Amkor Technology Korea, Inc.(18)	
 	10	.16	 	Additional Agreement, dated March 30, 2007, between Woori Bank and Amkor Technology Korea, Inc.(18)	
 	10	.17	 	General Terms and Conditions for Bank Credit Transactions, dated March 30, 2007, between Woori Bank and Amkor Technology Korea, Inc.(18)	
 	10	.18	 	Kun-Mortgage Agreement, dated March 30, 2007, between Woori Bank and Amkor Technology Korea, Inc.(18)	
 	10	.19	 	Kun-Guarantee, dated March 30, 2007, delivered by Amkor Technology, Inc. to Woori Bank.(18)	
 	10	.20	 	Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2007, among Amkor Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party to the Loan and Security Agreement dated November 28, 2005 (as amended), and Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent for the Lenders.(18)	

98

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	
 	10	.21	 	Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, among Amkor Technology, Inc., Unitive, Inc. and Unitive Electronics, Inc., as Borrowers, Wachovia Capital Finance Corporation (Western) as Documentation Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.(12)	
 	10	.22	 	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005 delivered by Amkor Technology, Inc., Unitive, Inc. and Unitive Electronics, Inc. to Bank of America as Administrative Agent.(12)	
 	10	.23	 	Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of November 28, 2005, among Amkor Technology, Inc., Unitive, Inc. and Unitive Electronics, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Senior Parties, and Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent for the Junior Parties and as Collateral Agent for the Junior Parties.(12)	
 	10	.24	 	Syndicated Loan Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2005, among Amkor Technology Taiwan, Ltd., as Borrower, the banks and banking institutions party thereto, Chinatrust Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. and Ta Chong Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., as Coordinating Arrangers, and Chinatrust Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., as Facility Agent and Security Agent.(12)	
 	10	.25	 	Letter of Guaranty, dated as of November 30, 2005, delivered by Amkor Technology, Inc. to Chinatrust Commercial Bank, Ltd., as Facility Agent.(12)	
 	10	.26	 	Note Purchase Agreement between Amkor Technology, Inc. and the Investors named therein, dated November 14, 2005.(13)	
 	10	.27	 	Voting Agreement by and among Amkor Technology, Inc. and the Investors named therein, dated November 18, 2005.(13)	
 	10	.28	 	First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2006, among Amkor Technology, Inc. and its Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party to the Loan and Security Agreement, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the Lenders.(14)	
 	10	.29	 	Limited Waiver of Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2006, among Amkor Technology, Inc. and its Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.(17)	
 	10	.30	 	Retirement Separation Agreement and Release dated December 22, 2005, between Amkor and John N. Boruch.(13)	
 	12	.1	 	Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges	
 	14	.1	 	Amkor Technology, Inc. Code of Business Conduct and Ethical Guidelines.(6)	
 	14	.2	 	Amkor Technology, Inc. Director Code of Ethics.(6)	
 	21	.1	 	List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.	
 	23	.1	 	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.	
 	31	.1	 	Certification of James J. Kim, Chief Executive Officer of Amkor Technology, Inc., Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.	
 	31	.2	 	Certification of Joanne Solomon, Chief Financial Officer of Amkor Technology, Inc., Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.	
 	32	.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.	

 	 	 	
(1)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed October 6, 1997 (File No. 333-37235).	
 	 	 	
(2)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on October 6, 1997, as amended on March 31, 1998 (File No. 333-37235).	
 	 	 	
(3)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 8, 1998, as amended on August 26, 1998 (File No. 333-49645).	
 	 	 	
(4)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 9, 2003.	
 	 	 	
(5)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on July 10, 2003.	
 	 	 	
(6)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-K filed March 4, 2004.	
 	 	 	
(7)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 5, 2004.	
 	 	 	
(8)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 6, 2004.	

99

Table of Contents

(9)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 3, 2004.	
 	 	 	
(10)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2004.	
 	 	 	
(11)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2005.	
 	 	 	
(12)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2005.	
 	 	 	
(13)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2006.	
 	 	 	
(14)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2006.	
 	 	 	
(15)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 31, 2006.	
 	 	 	
(16)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 2006.	
 	 	 	
(17)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2006.	
 	 	 	
(18)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 4, 2007.	
 	 	 	
(19)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 10, 2007.	
 	 	 	
(20)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2007.	
 	 	 	
(21)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 5, 2008.	
 	 	 	
(22)	 	Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 7, 2008.	

100

Exhibit 10.3
1998 STOCK PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

OPTION TYPE: _________

NAME: __________________   GRANT DATE: ___________   EXPIRATION DATE: __________

ADDRESS: _______________   OPTION PRICE PER SHARE:   AGGREGATE OPTION AWARD:

________________________   _______________________   ___________________________

CITY, STATE AND ZIP CODE   NUMBER OF SHARES:         ID NUMBER: ________________
________________________   _______________________

1.   GRANT OF OPTION. The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the
Optionee named in this Agreement (the "Optionee") an option (the "Option")
to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in this Agreement, at the
exercise price per share set forth in the Agreement (the "Option Price Per
Share"), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is
incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 15 (c) of the Plan, in
the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and
the terms and conditions of this Stock Option Agreement, the terms and
conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Agreement as an Incentive Stock Option ("ISO"),
this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under
Section 422 of the Code. However, if this Option is intended to be an
Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of
Code Section 422(d) it shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option
("Non-Statutory Stock Option "or "NQ")

2.   VESTING SCHEDULE. This option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in
accordance with the following schedule:

3.   TERMINATION PERIOD. This Option may be exercised for one (1) year after the
Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon the death or disability of
the Optionee, this Option may be exercised for one year after Optionee
ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon a qualified Retirement, the Option
will continue to vest for an additional twelve (12) months following the
Optionee's date of retirement. The Optionee will then have thirty (30) days
following such 12-month period to exercise the Option. In no event shall
this Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date as provided above.
Retirement means an Optionee's ceasing to be Service Provider on or after
the date when the sum of (i) the Optionee's age (rounded down to the
nearest whole month), plus (ii) the number of years (rounded down to the
nearest whole month) that the Optionee has provided services to the Company
equals or is greater than seventy-five (75).

4.   EXERCISE OF OPTION. The option is exercisable during its term in accordance
with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Agreement and the applicable
provision of the Plan and this Agreement. An option is exercisable by
completing transaction through Company's captive broker assisted
transactions via voice response system or Internet secured transaction
system.

The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company
of such fully executed Exercise accompanied by such aggregate Exercise
Price. No shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option
unless such issuance and exercise complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming
such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be
considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised
with respect to such Exercised Shares.

5.   METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any
of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the
Optionee:

(a)  Cash; or

(b)  Check; or

(c)  Consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise
program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d)  Surrender of other shares which (i) in the case of Shares acquired
upon exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more
than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair
Market Value on the date of the surrender equal to the aggregate
Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

6.   WITHHOLDING TAXES. You are responsible for payment of any federal, state,
local or other taxes which must be withheld upon the exercise of the
Option, and you must promptly pay to the Company any such taxes. The
Company and its subsidiaries are authorized to deduct from any payment owed
to you any taxes required to be withheld with respect to the Shares. Refer
to the Summary Plan Description for additional general tax consequences
relating to the Exercise of the Option. This is intended to be a summary of
tax consequences; the Optionee should consult a tax adviser before
exercising this Option or disposing of the Shares.

7.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW. The Plan is incorporated herein by
reference. The Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of
the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in
their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company an
Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified
adversely to the Optionee's interest except by means of a writing signed by
the Company and the Optionee. This agreement is governed by the internal
substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware.

8.   NO GUARANTEE OF CONTINUED SERVICE. By receipt of this Agreement, the
Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the vesting of shares pursuant to the
vesting schedule hereof is earned only by continuing as a Service Provider
at the will of the Company (and not through the act of being hired, being
granted an option or purchasing shares hereunder). Optionee further
acknowledges and agrees that this agreement, the transactions contemplated
hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein do not constitute an
express or implied promise of continued engagement as a Service Provider
for the vesting period, for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere
with Optionee's rights or the Company's right to terminate Optionee's
relationship as a Service Provider at any time, with or without cause.

9.   AGREEMENT. Your receipt of the Option and this Agreement constitutes your
agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the
Plan. Your signature is not required in order to make this Agreement
effective.

By:
------------------------------------

Included with this Agreement is the Plan Summary. You may also print
the Plan Summary and Plan Document from the Company's Intranet or request
copies by contacting the Stock Plan Manager.

Exhibit 12.1
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	 	2004	 	 	2005	 	 	2006	 	 	2007	 	 	2008	 	
Earnings	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income (loss) before equity investment losses, income taxes and minority interests	 	$	(28,866	)	 	$	(145,233	)	 	$	182,494	 	 	$	234,837	 	 	$	(425,688	)	
Interest expense	 	 	145,897	 	 	 	163,125	 	 	 	160,909	 	 	 	134,819	 	 	 	120,513	 	
Amortization of debt issuance costs	 	 	6,182	 	 	 	7,948	 	 	 	7,250	 	 	 	5,326	 	 	 	4,466	 	
Interest portion of rent (1)	 	 	5,928	 	 	 	6,215	 	 	 	5,583	 	 	 	6,452	 	 	 	6,559	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	129,141	 	 	$	32,055	 	 	$	356,236	 	 	$	381,434	 	 	$	(294,150	)	

Fixed Charges	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense	 	$	145,897	 	 	$	163,125	 	 	$	160,909	 	 	$	134,819	 	 	$	120,513	 	
Amortization of debt issuance costs	 	 	6,182	 	 	 	7,948	 	 	 	7,250	 	 	 	5,326	 	 	 	4,466	 	
Interest portion of rent	 	 	5,928	 	 	 	6,215	 	 	 	5,583	 	 	 	6,452	 	 	 	6,559	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	158,007	 	 	$	177,288	 	 	$	173,742	 	 	$	146,597	 	 	$	131,538	 	

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2.1	 	 	 	2.6	 	 	 	—	 	

 	 	 	
(1)	 	Represents one-third of total rent expense which we believe is a reasonable estimate of the interest component of rent expense.	
 	 	 	
(2)	 	The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was less than 1:1 for 2008. In order to achieve a ratio of earnings to fixed charges of 1:1, we would have to generate an additional $425.7 million of earnings in 2008. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was less than 1:1 for 2005. In order to achieve a ratio of earnings to fixed charges of 1:1, we would have had to generate an additional $145.2 million of earnings in 2005. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was less than 1:1 for the year ended December 31, 2004. In order to achieve a ratio of earnings to fixed charges of 1:1, we would have had to generate an additional $28.9 million of earnings for the year ended December 31, 2004.	
109

EXHIBIT 21.1
AMKOR TECHNOLOGY, INC.
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
     A. Amkor Technology Hong Kong Limited, a wholly owned limited liability corporation organized under the laws of Hong Kong (incorporated September 29, 2000).
     B. Amkor Wafer Fabrication Services, S.A.R.L., a wholly owned corporation organized under the laws of France (incorporated December 15, 1997).
     C. Amkor Iwate Company, Ltd., a wholly owned corporation incorporated under the laws of Japan (incorporated July 21, 1953).
     D. 16.1% ownership (96.3% cumulative ownership after considering G below) in Amkor Technology Taiwan Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of China (established in 1988, acquired July 26, 2001).
     E. Amkor Assembly & Test (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., a wholly owned corporation organized under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (incorporated March 8, 2001).
     F. Amkor Technology Singapore Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned corporation organized under the laws of Singapore (incorporated March 3, 2004).
     G. Guardian Assets, Inc., a wholly owned Delaware corporation (incorporated February 26, 1998), and its subsidiaries:
     1) Amkor Technology Euroservices, S.A.R.L., a wholly owned corporation organized under the laws of France (incorporated January 1, 1994).
     2) Amkor Technology Japan, K.K., a wholly owned corporation organized under the laws of Japan (incorporated July 23, 1999).
     3) 60% ownership of Amkor Technology Philippines, a Philippines corporation (incorporated August 31, 1976).
     4) Amkor Technology Limited, a wholly owned corporation organized under the laws of the British Cayman Islands (incorporated February 10, 1989) and its subsidiaries:
     a) Amkor Technology Korea, Inc., a wholly owned corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of Korea (incorporated February 19, 1999).
     b) 90% ownership of Intellego Pte. Ltd., a Singapore corporation (incorporated January 7, 2008)
     c) 40% ownership of Amkor Technology Philippines, a Philippines corporation (incorporated August 31, 1976).
     d) 80.2% ownership (96.3% cumulative ownership after considering D above) of Amkor Technology Taiwan Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of China (established in 1988, acquired July 26, 2001) and its subsidiary:
     (A) 81.50% ownership (99.86% cumulative ownership after considering H below) of Unitive Semiconductor Taiwan Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of China (established June 30, 1999).
     e) Amkor Technology Singapore Investment Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned corporation organized under the laws of Singapore (incorporated June 26, 2008) and its subsidiaries:
     (A) Amkor Technology Singapore Philippines Holding Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned corporation organized under the laws of Singapore (incorporated June 26, 2008)
     (B) Amkor Technology Singapore IP Holding Pte. Ltd., a wholly owned corporation organized under the laws of Singapore (incorporated June 26, 2008)
     H. Unitive International Ltd, a wholly owned corporation organized under the laws of the Netherlands Antilles (incorporated October 28, 1998), and its subsidiary:
     1) 18.36% ownership (99.86% cumulative ownership after considering G above) of Unitive Semiconductor Taiwan Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of China (established June 30, 1999).
     J. Amkor Worldwide Services LLC, a wholly owned limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware (established November 23, 2005).

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-62891, 333-86161, 333-63430, 333-100814, 333-104601, 333-113512 and 333-149376) and on Form S-3ASR (Nos. 333-132630 and 333-133953) of Amkor Technology, Inc. of our report dated February 24, 2009 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
February 24, 2009

Exhibit 31.1
SECTION 302(a) CERTIFICATION
I, James J. Kim, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Amkor Technology, Inc.;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this Annual Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Annual Report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Annual Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Annual Report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Annual Report is being prepared;
     b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this Annual Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report based on such evaluation; and
     d) Disclosed in this Annual Report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of this Annual Report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.
/s/ JAMES J. KIM
By: James J. Kim
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Date: February 24, 2009

Exhibit 31.2
SECTION 302(a) CERTIFICATION
I, Joanne Solomon, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Amkor Technology, Inc.;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this Annual Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Annual Report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Annual Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Annual Report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Annual Report is being prepared;
     b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this Annual Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report based on such evaluation; and
     d) Disclosed in this Annual Report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of this Annual Report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.
/s/ JOANNE SOLOMON
By: Joanne Solomon
Title: Corporate Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer          
Date: February 24, 2009

Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     I, James J. Kim, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Amkor Technology, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Amkor Technology, Inc.
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	/s/ JAMES J. KIM	
 	 	 	 	By: James J. Kim	
 	 	 	 	Title: Chief Executive	
 	 	 	 	Officer	
Date: February 24, 2009
     I, Joanne Solomon, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Amkor Technology, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Amkor Technology, Inc.
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	/s/ JOANNE SOLOMON	
 	 	 	 	By: Joanne Solomon	
 	 	 	 	Title: Corporate Vice	
 	 	 	 	President and Chief	
 	 	 	 	Financial Officer	
Date: February 24, 2009